1 /* ELF executable support for BFD.
3 Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
4 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
6 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
8 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
9 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
10 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
11 (at your option) any later version.
13 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
14 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
15 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
16 GNU General Public License for more details.
18 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
19 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
20 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
26 BFD support for ELF formats is being worked on.
27 Currently, the best supported back ends are for sparc and i386
28 (running svr4 or Solaris 2).
30 Documentation of the internals of the support code still needs
31 to be written. The code is changing quickly enough that we
32 haven't bothered yet. */
34 /* For sparc64-cross-sparc32. */
42 #include "libiberty.h"
44 static int elf_sort_sections (const void *, const void *);
45 static bfd_boolean
assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*);
46 static bfd_boolean
prep_headers (bfd
*);
47 static bfd_boolean
swap_out_syms (bfd
*, struct bfd_strtab_hash
**, int) ;
48 static bfd_boolean
elfcore_read_notes (bfd
*, file_ptr
, bfd_size_type
) ;
50 /* Swap version information in and out. The version information is
51 currently size independent. If that ever changes, this code will
52 need to move into elfcode.h. */
54 /* Swap in a Verdef structure. */
57 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (bfd
*abfd
,
58 const Elf_External_Verdef
*src
,
59 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*dst
)
61 dst
->vd_version
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_version
);
62 dst
->vd_flags
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_flags
);
63 dst
->vd_ndx
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_ndx
);
64 dst
->vd_cnt
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_cnt
);
65 dst
->vd_hash
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_hash
);
66 dst
->vd_aux
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_aux
);
67 dst
->vd_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_next
);
70 /* Swap out a Verdef structure. */
73 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (bfd
*abfd
,
74 const Elf_Internal_Verdef
*src
,
75 Elf_External_Verdef
*dst
)
77 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_version
, dst
->vd_version
);
78 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_flags
, dst
->vd_flags
);
79 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_ndx
, dst
->vd_ndx
);
80 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_cnt
, dst
->vd_cnt
);
81 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_hash
, dst
->vd_hash
);
82 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_aux
, dst
->vd_aux
);
83 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_next
, dst
->vd_next
);
86 /* Swap in a Verdaux structure. */
89 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (bfd
*abfd
,
90 const Elf_External_Verdaux
*src
,
91 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*dst
)
93 dst
->vda_name
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_name
);
94 dst
->vda_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_next
);
97 /* Swap out a Verdaux structure. */
100 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (bfd
*abfd
,
101 const Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*src
,
102 Elf_External_Verdaux
*dst
)
104 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_name
, dst
->vda_name
);
105 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_next
, dst
->vda_next
);
108 /* Swap in a Verneed structure. */
111 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (bfd
*abfd
,
112 const Elf_External_Verneed
*src
,
113 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*dst
)
115 dst
->vn_version
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_version
);
116 dst
->vn_cnt
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_cnt
);
117 dst
->vn_file
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_file
);
118 dst
->vn_aux
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_aux
);
119 dst
->vn_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_next
);
122 /* Swap out a Verneed structure. */
125 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (bfd
*abfd
,
126 const Elf_Internal_Verneed
*src
,
127 Elf_External_Verneed
*dst
)
129 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_version
, dst
->vn_version
);
130 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_cnt
, dst
->vn_cnt
);
131 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_file
, dst
->vn_file
);
132 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_aux
, dst
->vn_aux
);
133 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_next
, dst
->vn_next
);
136 /* Swap in a Vernaux structure. */
139 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (bfd
*abfd
,
140 const Elf_External_Vernaux
*src
,
141 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*dst
)
143 dst
->vna_hash
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_hash
);
144 dst
->vna_flags
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_flags
);
145 dst
->vna_other
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_other
);
146 dst
->vna_name
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_name
);
147 dst
->vna_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_next
);
150 /* Swap out a Vernaux structure. */
153 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (bfd
*abfd
,
154 const Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*src
,
155 Elf_External_Vernaux
*dst
)
157 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_hash
, dst
->vna_hash
);
158 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_flags
, dst
->vna_flags
);
159 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_other
, dst
->vna_other
);
160 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_name
, dst
->vna_name
);
161 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_next
, dst
->vna_next
);
164 /* Swap in a Versym structure. */
167 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (bfd
*abfd
,
168 const Elf_External_Versym
*src
,
169 Elf_Internal_Versym
*dst
)
171 dst
->vs_vers
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vs_vers
);
174 /* Swap out a Versym structure. */
177 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (bfd
*abfd
,
178 const Elf_Internal_Versym
*src
,
179 Elf_External_Versym
*dst
)
181 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vs_vers
, dst
->vs_vers
);
184 /* Standard ELF hash function. Do not change this function; you will
185 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
188 bfd_elf_hash (const char *namearg
)
190 const unsigned char *name
= (const unsigned char *) namearg
;
195 while ((ch
= *name
++) != '\0')
198 if ((g
= (h
& 0xf0000000)) != 0)
201 /* The ELF ABI says `h &= ~g', but this is equivalent in
202 this case and on some machines one insn instead of two. */
206 return h
& 0xffffffff;
209 /* DT_GNU_HASH hash function. Do not change this function; you will
210 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
213 bfd_elf_gnu_hash (const char *namearg
)
215 const unsigned char *name
= (const unsigned char *) namearg
;
216 unsigned long h
= 5381;
219 while ((ch
= *name
++) != '\0')
220 h
= (h
<< 5) + h
+ ch
;
221 return h
& 0xffffffff;
225 bfd_elf_mkobject (bfd
*abfd
)
227 if (abfd
->tdata
.any
== NULL
)
229 abfd
->tdata
.any
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata
));
230 if (abfd
->tdata
.any
== NULL
)
234 elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
= (bfd_size_type
) -1;
240 bfd_elf_mkcorefile (bfd
*abfd
)
242 /* I think this can be done just like an object file. */
243 return bfd_elf_mkobject (abfd
);
247 bfd_elf_get_str_section (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int shindex
)
249 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
250 bfd_byte
*shstrtab
= NULL
;
252 bfd_size_type shstrtabsize
;
254 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
255 if (i_shdrp
== 0 || i_shdrp
[shindex
] == 0)
258 shstrtab
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->contents
;
259 if (shstrtab
== NULL
)
261 /* No cached one, attempt to read, and cache what we read. */
262 offset
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_offset
;
263 shstrtabsize
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_size
;
265 /* Allocate and clear an extra byte at the end, to prevent crashes
266 in case the string table is not terminated. */
267 if (shstrtabsize
+ 1 == 0
268 || (shstrtab
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, shstrtabsize
+ 1)) == NULL
269 || bfd_seek (abfd
, offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
271 else if (bfd_bread (shstrtab
, shstrtabsize
, abfd
) != shstrtabsize
)
273 if (bfd_get_error () != bfd_error_system_call
)
274 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated
);
278 shstrtab
[shstrtabsize
] = '\0';
279 i_shdrp
[shindex
]->contents
= shstrtab
;
281 return (char *) shstrtab
;
285 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd
*abfd
,
286 unsigned int shindex
,
287 unsigned int strindex
)
289 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
294 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
];
296 if (hdr
->contents
== NULL
297 && bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd
, shindex
) == NULL
)
300 if (strindex
>= hdr
->sh_size
)
302 unsigned int shstrndx
= elf_elfheader(abfd
)->e_shstrndx
;
303 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
304 (_("%B: invalid string offset %u >= %lu for section `%s'"),
305 abfd
, strindex
, (unsigned long) hdr
->sh_size
,
306 (shindex
== shstrndx
&& strindex
== hdr
->sh_name
308 : bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shstrndx
, hdr
->sh_name
)));
312 return ((char *) hdr
->contents
) + strindex
;
315 /* Read and convert symbols to internal format.
316 SYMCOUNT specifies the number of symbols to read, starting from
317 symbol SYMOFFSET. If any of INTSYM_BUF, EXTSYM_BUF or EXTSHNDX_BUF
318 are non-NULL, they are used to store the internal symbols, external
319 symbols, and symbol section index extensions, respectively. */
322 bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd
*ibfd
,
323 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
326 Elf_Internal_Sym
*intsym_buf
,
328 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*extshndx_buf
)
330 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shndx_hdr
;
332 const bfd_byte
*esym
;
333 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*alloc_extshndx
;
334 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*shndx
;
335 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
336 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
337 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
345 /* Normal syms might have section extension entries. */
347 if (symtab_hdr
== &elf_tdata (ibfd
)->symtab_hdr
)
348 shndx_hdr
= &elf_tdata (ibfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
350 /* Read the symbols. */
352 alloc_extshndx
= NULL
;
353 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
354 extsym_size
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
355 amt
= symcount
* extsym_size
;
356 pos
= symtab_hdr
->sh_offset
+ symoffset
* extsym_size
;
357 if (extsym_buf
== NULL
)
359 alloc_ext
= bfd_malloc2 (symcount
, extsym_size
);
360 extsym_buf
= alloc_ext
;
362 if (extsym_buf
== NULL
363 || bfd_seek (ibfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
364 || bfd_bread (extsym_buf
, amt
, ibfd
) != amt
)
370 if (shndx_hdr
== NULL
|| shndx_hdr
->sh_size
== 0)
374 amt
= symcount
* sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
375 pos
= shndx_hdr
->sh_offset
+ symoffset
* sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
376 if (extshndx_buf
== NULL
)
378 alloc_extshndx
= bfd_malloc2 (symcount
,
379 sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
));
380 extshndx_buf
= alloc_extshndx
;
382 if (extshndx_buf
== NULL
383 || bfd_seek (ibfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
384 || bfd_bread (extshndx_buf
, amt
, ibfd
) != amt
)
391 if (intsym_buf
== NULL
)
393 intsym_buf
= bfd_malloc2 (symcount
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym
));
394 if (intsym_buf
== NULL
)
398 /* Convert the symbols to internal form. */
399 isymend
= intsym_buf
+ symcount
;
400 for (esym
= extsym_buf
, isym
= intsym_buf
, shndx
= extshndx_buf
;
402 esym
+= extsym_size
, isym
++, shndx
= shndx
!= NULL
? shndx
+ 1 : NULL
)
403 (*bed
->s
->swap_symbol_in
) (ibfd
, esym
, shndx
, isym
);
406 if (alloc_ext
!= NULL
)
408 if (alloc_extshndx
!= NULL
)
409 free (alloc_extshndx
);
414 /* Look up a symbol name. */
416 bfd_elf_sym_name (bfd
*abfd
,
417 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
418 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
,
422 unsigned int iname
= isym
->st_name
;
423 unsigned int shindex
= symtab_hdr
->sh_link
;
425 if (iname
== 0 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
426 /* Check for a bogus st_shndx to avoid crashing. */
427 && isym
->st_shndx
< elf_numsections (abfd
)
428 && !(isym
->st_shndx
>= SHN_LORESERVE
&& isym
->st_shndx
<= SHN_HIRESERVE
))
430 iname
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[isym
->st_shndx
]->sh_name
;
431 shindex
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
;
434 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shindex
, iname
);
437 else if (sym_sec
&& *name
== '\0')
438 name
= bfd_section_name (abfd
, sym_sec
);
443 /* Elf_Internal_Shdr->contents is an array of these for SHT_GROUP
444 sections. The first element is the flags, the rest are section
447 typedef union elf_internal_group
{
448 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
;
450 } Elf_Internal_Group
;
452 /* Return the name of the group signature symbol. Why isn't the
453 signature just a string? */
456 group_signature (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ghdr
)
458 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
459 unsigned char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
460 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
461 Elf_Internal_Sym isym
;
463 /* First we need to ensure the symbol table is available. Make sure
464 that it is a symbol table section. */
465 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
) [ghdr
->sh_link
];
466 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_SYMTAB
467 || ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, ghdr
->sh_link
))
470 /* Go read the symbol. */
471 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
472 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, hdr
, 1, ghdr
->sh_info
,
473 &isym
, esym
, &eshndx
) == NULL
)
476 return bfd_elf_sym_name (abfd
, hdr
, &isym
, NULL
);
479 /* Set next_in_group list pointer, and group name for NEWSECT. */
482 setup_group (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
, asection
*newsect
)
484 unsigned int num_group
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
;
486 /* If num_group is zero, read in all SHT_GROUP sections. The count
487 is set to -1 if there are no SHT_GROUP sections. */
490 unsigned int i
, shnum
;
492 /* First count the number of groups. If we have a SHT_GROUP
493 section with just a flag word (ie. sh_size is 4), ignore it. */
494 shnum
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
496 for (i
= 0; i
< shnum
; i
++)
498 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
499 if (shdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
&& shdr
->sh_size
>= 8)
505 num_group
= (unsigned) -1;
506 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
510 /* We keep a list of elf section headers for group sections,
511 so we can find them quickly. */
514 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
515 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
516 = bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, num_group
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*));
517 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
== NULL
)
521 for (i
= 0; i
< shnum
; i
++)
523 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
524 if (shdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
&& shdr
->sh_size
>= 8)
527 Elf_Internal_Group
*dest
;
529 /* Add to list of sections. */
530 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[num_group
] = shdr
;
533 /* Read the raw contents. */
534 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (*dest
) >= 4);
535 amt
= shdr
->sh_size
* sizeof (*dest
) / 4;
536 shdr
->contents
= bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, shdr
->sh_size
,
538 if (shdr
->contents
== NULL
539 || bfd_seek (abfd
, shdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
540 || (bfd_bread (shdr
->contents
, shdr
->sh_size
, abfd
)
544 /* Translate raw contents, a flag word followed by an
545 array of elf section indices all in target byte order,
546 to the flag word followed by an array of elf section
548 src
= shdr
->contents
+ shdr
->sh_size
;
549 dest
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) (shdr
->contents
+ amt
);
556 idx
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
);
557 if (src
== shdr
->contents
)
560 if (shdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
&& (idx
& GRP_COMDAT
))
561 shdr
->bfd_section
->flags
562 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
567 ((*_bfd_error_handler
)
568 (_("%B: invalid SHT_GROUP entry"), abfd
));
571 dest
->shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[idx
];
578 if (num_group
!= (unsigned) -1)
582 for (i
= 0; i
< num_group
; i
++)
584 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[i
];
585 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
586 unsigned int n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
588 /* Look through this group's sections to see if current
589 section is a member. */
591 if ((++idx
)->shdr
== hdr
)
595 /* We are a member of this group. Go looking through
596 other members to see if any others are linked via
598 idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
599 n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
601 if ((s
= (++idx
)->shdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
602 && elf_next_in_group (s
) != NULL
)
606 /* Snarf the group name from other member, and
607 insert current section in circular list. */
608 elf_group_name (newsect
) = elf_group_name (s
);
609 elf_next_in_group (newsect
) = elf_next_in_group (s
);
610 elf_next_in_group (s
) = newsect
;
616 gname
= group_signature (abfd
, shdr
);
619 elf_group_name (newsect
) = gname
;
621 /* Start a circular list with one element. */
622 elf_next_in_group (newsect
) = newsect
;
625 /* If the group section has been created, point to the
627 if (shdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
628 elf_next_in_group (shdr
->bfd_section
) = newsect
;
636 if (elf_group_name (newsect
) == NULL
)
638 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("%B: no group info for section %A"),
645 _bfd_elf_setup_sections (bfd
*abfd
)
648 unsigned int num_group
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
;
649 bfd_boolean result
= TRUE
;
652 /* Process SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
653 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
655 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
= &elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
;
656 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
658 unsigned int elfsec
= this_hdr
->sh_link
;
659 /* FIXME: The old Intel compiler and old strip/objcopy may
660 not set the sh_link or sh_info fields. Hence we could
661 get the situation where elfsec is 0. */
664 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
665 = get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
666 if (bed
->link_order_error_handler
)
667 bed
->link_order_error_handler
668 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"),
675 this_hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
];
678 Some strip/objcopy may leave an incorrect value in
679 sh_link. We don't want to proceed. */
680 link
= this_hdr
->bfd_section
;
683 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
684 (_("%B: sh_link [%d] in section `%A' is incorrect"),
685 s
->owner
, s
, elfsec
);
689 elf_linked_to_section (s
) = link
;
694 /* Process section groups. */
695 if (num_group
== (unsigned) -1)
698 for (i
= 0; i
< num_group
; i
++)
700 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[i
];
701 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
702 unsigned int n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
705 if ((++idx
)->shdr
->bfd_section
)
706 elf_sec_group (idx
->shdr
->bfd_section
) = shdr
->bfd_section
;
707 else if (idx
->shdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
708 || idx
->shdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
)
709 /* We won't include relocation sections in section groups in
710 output object files. We adjust the group section size here
711 so that relocatable link will work correctly when
712 relocation sections are in section group in input object
714 shdr
->bfd_section
->size
-= 4;
717 /* There are some unknown sections in the group. */
718 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
719 (_("%B: unknown [%d] section `%s' in group [%s]"),
721 (unsigned int) idx
->shdr
->sh_type
,
722 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
,
723 (elf_elfheader (abfd
)
726 shdr
->bfd_section
->name
);
734 bfd_elf_is_group_section (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, const asection
*sec
)
736 return elf_next_in_group (sec
) != NULL
;
739 /* Make a BFD section from an ELF section. We store a pointer to the
740 BFD section in the bfd_section field of the header. */
743 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
744 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
,
750 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
752 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
754 BFD_ASSERT (strcmp (name
,
755 bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
)) == 0);
759 newsect
= bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd
, name
);
763 hdr
->bfd_section
= newsect
;
764 elf_section_data (newsect
)->this_hdr
= *hdr
;
765 elf_section_data (newsect
)->this_idx
= shindex
;
767 /* Always use the real type/flags. */
768 elf_section_type (newsect
) = hdr
->sh_type
;
769 elf_section_flags (newsect
) = hdr
->sh_flags
;
771 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->sh_offset
;
773 if (! bfd_set_section_vma (abfd
, newsect
, hdr
->sh_addr
)
774 || ! bfd_set_section_size (abfd
, newsect
, hdr
->sh_size
)
775 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, newsect
,
776 bfd_log2 ((bfd_vma
) hdr
->sh_addralign
)))
779 flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
780 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
781 flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
782 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
)
783 flags
|= SEC_GROUP
| SEC_EXCLUDE
;
784 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
787 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
790 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_WRITE
) == 0)
791 flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
792 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXECINSTR
) != 0)
794 else if ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
796 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_MERGE
) != 0)
799 newsect
->entsize
= hdr
->sh_entsize
;
800 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_STRINGS
) != 0)
801 flags
|= SEC_STRINGS
;
803 if (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
)
804 if (!setup_group (abfd
, hdr
, newsect
))
806 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) != 0)
807 flags
|= SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
;
809 if ((flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
811 /* The debugging sections appear to be recognized only by name,
812 not any sort of flag. Their SEC_ALLOC bits are cleared. */
817 } debug_sections
[] =
819 { STRING_COMMA_LEN ("debug") }, /* 'd' */
820 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'e' */
821 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'f' */
822 { STRING_COMMA_LEN ("gnu.linkonce.wi.") }, /* 'g' */
823 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'h' */
824 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'i' */
825 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'j' */
826 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'k' */
827 { STRING_COMMA_LEN ("line") }, /* 'l' */
828 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'm' */
829 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'n' */
830 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'o' */
831 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'p' */
832 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'q' */
833 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'r' */
834 { STRING_COMMA_LEN ("stab") } /* 's' */
839 int i
= name
[1] - 'd';
841 && i
< (int) ARRAY_SIZE (debug_sections
)
842 && debug_sections
[i
].name
!= NULL
843 && strncmp (&name
[1], debug_sections
[i
].name
,
844 debug_sections
[i
].len
) == 0)
845 flags
|= SEC_DEBUGGING
;
849 /* As a GNU extension, if the name begins with .gnu.linkonce, we
850 only link a single copy of the section. This is used to support
851 g++. g++ will emit each template expansion in its own section.
852 The symbols will be defined as weak, so that multiple definitions
853 are permitted. The GNU linker extension is to actually discard
854 all but one of the sections. */
855 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gnu.linkonce")
856 && elf_next_in_group (newsect
) == NULL
)
857 flags
|= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
859 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
860 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_flags
)
861 if (! bed
->elf_backend_section_flags (&flags
, hdr
))
864 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, newsect
, flags
))
867 if ((flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
869 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdr
;
872 /* Look through the phdrs to see if we need to adjust the lma.
873 If all the p_paddr fields are zero, we ignore them, since
874 some ELF linkers produce such output. */
875 phdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
876 for (i
= 0; i
< elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
; i
++, phdr
++)
878 if (phdr
->p_paddr
!= 0)
881 if (i
< elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
)
883 phdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
884 for (i
= 0; i
< elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
; i
++, phdr
++)
886 /* This section is part of this segment if its file
887 offset plus size lies within the segment's memory
888 span and, if the section is loaded, the extent of the
889 loaded data lies within the extent of the segment.
891 Note - we used to check the p_paddr field as well, and
892 refuse to set the LMA if it was 0. This is wrong
893 though, as a perfectly valid initialised segment can
894 have a p_paddr of zero. Some architectures, eg ARM,
895 place special significance on the address 0 and
896 executables need to be able to have a segment which
897 covers this address. */
898 if (phdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
899 && (bfd_vma
) hdr
->sh_offset
>= phdr
->p_offset
900 && (hdr
->sh_offset
+ hdr
->sh_size
901 <= phdr
->p_offset
+ phdr
->p_memsz
)
902 && ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0
903 || (hdr
->sh_offset
+ hdr
->sh_size
904 <= phdr
->p_offset
+ phdr
->p_filesz
)))
906 if ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0)
907 newsect
->lma
= (phdr
->p_paddr
908 + hdr
->sh_addr
- phdr
->p_vaddr
);
910 /* We used to use the same adjustment for SEC_LOAD
911 sections, but that doesn't work if the segment
912 is packed with code from multiple VMAs.
913 Instead we calculate the section LMA based on
914 the segment LMA. It is assumed that the
915 segment will contain sections with contiguous
916 LMAs, even if the VMAs are not. */
917 newsect
->lma
= (phdr
->p_paddr
918 + hdr
->sh_offset
- phdr
->p_offset
);
920 /* With contiguous segments, we can't tell from file
921 offsets whether a section with zero size should
922 be placed at the end of one segment or the
923 beginning of the next. Decide based on vaddr. */
924 if (hdr
->sh_addr
>= phdr
->p_vaddr
925 && (hdr
->sh_addr
+ hdr
->sh_size
926 <= phdr
->p_vaddr
+ phdr
->p_memsz
))
941 struct elf_internal_shdr *bfd_elf_find_section (bfd *abfd, char *name);
944 Helper functions for GDB to locate the string tables.
945 Since BFD hides string tables from callers, GDB needs to use an
946 internal hook to find them. Sun's .stabstr, in particular,
947 isn't even pointed to by the .stab section, so ordinary
948 mechanisms wouldn't work to find it, even if we had some.
951 struct elf_internal_shdr
*
952 bfd_elf_find_section (bfd
*abfd
, char *name
)
954 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
959 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
962 shstrtab
= bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd
,
963 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
);
964 if (shstrtab
!= NULL
)
966 max
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
967 for (i
= 1; i
< max
; i
++)
968 if (!strcmp (&shstrtab
[i_shdrp
[i
]->sh_name
], name
))
975 const char *const bfd_elf_section_type_names
[] = {
976 "SHT_NULL", "SHT_PROGBITS", "SHT_SYMTAB", "SHT_STRTAB",
977 "SHT_RELA", "SHT_HASH", "SHT_DYNAMIC", "SHT_NOTE",
978 "SHT_NOBITS", "SHT_REL", "SHT_SHLIB", "SHT_DYNSYM",
981 /* ELF relocs are against symbols. If we are producing relocatable
982 output, and the reloc is against an external symbol, and nothing
983 has given us any additional addend, the resulting reloc will also
984 be against the same symbol. In such a case, we don't want to
985 change anything about the way the reloc is handled, since it will
986 all be done at final link time. Rather than put special case code
987 into bfd_perform_relocation, all the reloc types use this howto
988 function. It just short circuits the reloc if producing
989 relocatable output against an external symbol. */
991 bfd_reloc_status_type
992 bfd_elf_generic_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
993 arelent
*reloc_entry
,
995 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
996 asection
*input_section
,
998 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1000 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
1001 && (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0
1002 && (! reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
1003 || reloc_entry
->addend
== 0))
1005 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
1006 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1009 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1012 /* Make sure sec_info_type is cleared if sec_info is cleared too. */
1015 merge_sections_remove_hook (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1018 BFD_ASSERT (sec
->sec_info_type
== ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
);
1019 sec
->sec_info_type
= ELF_INFO_TYPE_NONE
;
1022 /* Finish SHF_MERGE section merging. */
1025 _bfd_elf_merge_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1030 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
1033 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link_next
)
1034 if ((ibfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0)
1035 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
1036 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) != 0
1037 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec
->output_section
))
1039 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*secdata
;
1041 secdata
= elf_section_data (sec
);
1042 if (! _bfd_add_merge_section (abfd
,
1043 &elf_hash_table (info
)->merge_info
,
1044 sec
, &secdata
->sec_info
))
1046 else if (secdata
->sec_info
)
1047 sec
->sec_info_type
= ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
;
1050 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->merge_info
!= NULL
)
1051 _bfd_merge_sections (abfd
, info
, elf_hash_table (info
)->merge_info
,
1052 merge_sections_remove_hook
);
1057 _bfd_elf_link_just_syms (asection
*sec
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1059 sec
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
1060 sec
->output_offset
= sec
->vma
;
1061 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
1064 sec
->sec_info_type
= ELF_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
;
1067 /* Copy the program header and other data from one object module to
1071 _bfd_elf_copy_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
1073 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
1074 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
1077 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (obfd
)
1078 || (elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
1079 == elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
));
1081 elf_gp (obfd
) = elf_gp (ibfd
);
1082 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
1083 elf_flags_init (obfd
) = TRUE
;
1088 get_segment_type (unsigned int p_type
)
1093 case PT_NULL
: pt
= "NULL"; break;
1094 case PT_LOAD
: pt
= "LOAD"; break;
1095 case PT_DYNAMIC
: pt
= "DYNAMIC"; break;
1096 case PT_INTERP
: pt
= "INTERP"; break;
1097 case PT_NOTE
: pt
= "NOTE"; break;
1098 case PT_SHLIB
: pt
= "SHLIB"; break;
1099 case PT_PHDR
: pt
= "PHDR"; break;
1100 case PT_TLS
: pt
= "TLS"; break;
1101 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
: pt
= "EH_FRAME"; break;
1102 case PT_GNU_STACK
: pt
= "STACK"; break;
1103 case PT_GNU_RELRO
: pt
= "RELRO"; break;
1104 default: pt
= NULL
; break;
1109 /* Print out the program headers. */
1112 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd
*abfd
, void *farg
)
1115 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
1117 bfd_byte
*dynbuf
= NULL
;
1119 p
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
1124 fprintf (f
, _("\nProgram Header:\n"));
1125 c
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
1126 for (i
= 0; i
< c
; i
++, p
++)
1128 const char *pt
= get_segment_type (p
->p_type
);
1133 sprintf (buf
, "0x%lx", p
->p_type
);
1136 fprintf (f
, "%8s off 0x", pt
);
1137 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_offset
);
1138 fprintf (f
, " vaddr 0x");
1139 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_vaddr
);
1140 fprintf (f
, " paddr 0x");
1141 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_paddr
);
1142 fprintf (f
, " align 2**%u\n", bfd_log2 (p
->p_align
));
1143 fprintf (f
, " filesz 0x");
1144 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_filesz
);
1145 fprintf (f
, " memsz 0x");
1146 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_memsz
);
1147 fprintf (f
, " flags %c%c%c",
1148 (p
->p_flags
& PF_R
) != 0 ? 'r' : '-',
1149 (p
->p_flags
& PF_W
) != 0 ? 'w' : '-',
1150 (p
->p_flags
& PF_X
) != 0 ? 'x' : '-');
1151 if ((p
->p_flags
&~ (unsigned) (PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
)) != 0)
1152 fprintf (f
, " %lx", p
->p_flags
&~ (unsigned) (PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
));
1157 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
1161 unsigned long shlink
;
1162 bfd_byte
*extdyn
, *extdynend
;
1164 void (*swap_dyn_in
) (bfd
*, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn
*);
1166 fprintf (f
, _("\nDynamic Section:\n"));
1168 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &dynbuf
))
1171 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, s
);
1174 shlink
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
1176 extdynsize
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
1177 swap_dyn_in
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
;
1180 extdynend
= extdyn
+ s
->size
;
1181 for (; extdyn
< extdynend
; extdyn
+= extdynsize
)
1183 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
1186 bfd_boolean stringp
;
1188 (*swap_dyn_in
) (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
1190 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NULL
)
1197 sprintf (ab
, "0x%lx", (unsigned long) dyn
.d_tag
);
1201 case DT_NEEDED
: name
= "NEEDED"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1202 case DT_PLTRELSZ
: name
= "PLTRELSZ"; break;
1203 case DT_PLTGOT
: name
= "PLTGOT"; break;
1204 case DT_HASH
: name
= "HASH"; break;
1205 case DT_STRTAB
: name
= "STRTAB"; break;
1206 case DT_SYMTAB
: name
= "SYMTAB"; break;
1207 case DT_RELA
: name
= "RELA"; break;
1208 case DT_RELASZ
: name
= "RELASZ"; break;
1209 case DT_RELAENT
: name
= "RELAENT"; break;
1210 case DT_STRSZ
: name
= "STRSZ"; break;
1211 case DT_SYMENT
: name
= "SYMENT"; break;
1212 case DT_INIT
: name
= "INIT"; break;
1213 case DT_FINI
: name
= "FINI"; break;
1214 case DT_SONAME
: name
= "SONAME"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1215 case DT_RPATH
: name
= "RPATH"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1216 case DT_SYMBOLIC
: name
= "SYMBOLIC"; break;
1217 case DT_REL
: name
= "REL"; break;
1218 case DT_RELSZ
: name
= "RELSZ"; break;
1219 case DT_RELENT
: name
= "RELENT"; break;
1220 case DT_PLTREL
: name
= "PLTREL"; break;
1221 case DT_DEBUG
: name
= "DEBUG"; break;
1222 case DT_TEXTREL
: name
= "TEXTREL"; break;
1223 case DT_JMPREL
: name
= "JMPREL"; break;
1224 case DT_BIND_NOW
: name
= "BIND_NOW"; break;
1225 case DT_INIT_ARRAY
: name
= "INIT_ARRAY"; break;
1226 case DT_FINI_ARRAY
: name
= "FINI_ARRAY"; break;
1227 case DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "INIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1228 case DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "FINI_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1229 case DT_RUNPATH
: name
= "RUNPATH"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1230 case DT_FLAGS
: name
= "FLAGS"; break;
1231 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAY
: name
= "PREINIT_ARRAY"; break;
1232 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "PREINIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1233 case DT_CHECKSUM
: name
= "CHECKSUM"; break;
1234 case DT_PLTPADSZ
: name
= "PLTPADSZ"; break;
1235 case DT_MOVEENT
: name
= "MOVEENT"; break;
1236 case DT_MOVESZ
: name
= "MOVESZ"; break;
1237 case DT_FEATURE
: name
= "FEATURE"; break;
1238 case DT_POSFLAG_1
: name
= "POSFLAG_1"; break;
1239 case DT_SYMINSZ
: name
= "SYMINSZ"; break;
1240 case DT_SYMINENT
: name
= "SYMINENT"; break;
1241 case DT_CONFIG
: name
= "CONFIG"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1242 case DT_DEPAUDIT
: name
= "DEPAUDIT"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1243 case DT_AUDIT
: name
= "AUDIT"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1244 case DT_PLTPAD
: name
= "PLTPAD"; break;
1245 case DT_MOVETAB
: name
= "MOVETAB"; break;
1246 case DT_SYMINFO
: name
= "SYMINFO"; break;
1247 case DT_RELACOUNT
: name
= "RELACOUNT"; break;
1248 case DT_RELCOUNT
: name
= "RELCOUNT"; break;
1249 case DT_FLAGS_1
: name
= "FLAGS_1"; break;
1250 case DT_VERSYM
: name
= "VERSYM"; break;
1251 case DT_VERDEF
: name
= "VERDEF"; break;
1252 case DT_VERDEFNUM
: name
= "VERDEFNUM"; break;
1253 case DT_VERNEED
: name
= "VERNEED"; break;
1254 case DT_VERNEEDNUM
: name
= "VERNEEDNUM"; break;
1255 case DT_AUXILIARY
: name
= "AUXILIARY"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1256 case DT_USED
: name
= "USED"; break;
1257 case DT_FILTER
: name
= "FILTER"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1258 case DT_GNU_HASH
: name
= "GNU_HASH"; break;
1261 fprintf (f
, " %-11s ", name
);
1263 fprintf (f
, "0x%lx", (unsigned long) dyn
.d_un
.d_val
);
1267 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
1269 string
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
1272 fprintf (f
, "%s", string
);
1281 if ((elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
1282 || (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
== NULL
))
1284 if (! _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd
, FALSE
))
1288 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0)
1290 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*t
;
1292 fprintf (f
, _("\nVersion definitions:\n"));
1293 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->vd_nextdef
)
1295 fprintf (f
, "%d 0x%2.2x 0x%8.8lx %s\n", t
->vd_ndx
,
1296 t
->vd_flags
, t
->vd_hash
,
1297 t
->vd_nodename
? t
->vd_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1298 if (t
->vd_auxptr
!= NULL
&& t
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nextptr
!= NULL
)
1300 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*a
;
1303 for (a
= t
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nextptr
;
1307 a
->vda_nodename
? a
->vda_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1313 if (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0)
1315 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
1317 fprintf (f
, _("\nVersion References:\n"));
1318 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->vn_nextref
)
1320 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
1322 fprintf (f
, _(" required from %s:\n"),
1323 t
->vn_filename
? t
->vn_filename
: "<corrupt>");
1324 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
1325 fprintf (f
, " 0x%8.8lx 0x%2.2x %2.2d %s\n", a
->vna_hash
,
1326 a
->vna_flags
, a
->vna_other
,
1327 a
->vna_nodename
? a
->vna_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1339 /* Display ELF-specific fields of a symbol. */
1342 bfd_elf_print_symbol (bfd
*abfd
,
1345 bfd_print_symbol_type how
)
1350 case bfd_print_symbol_name
:
1351 fprintf (file
, "%s", symbol
->name
);
1353 case bfd_print_symbol_more
:
1354 fprintf (file
, "elf ");
1355 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, file
, symbol
->value
);
1356 fprintf (file
, " %lx", (long) symbol
->flags
);
1358 case bfd_print_symbol_all
:
1360 const char *section_name
;
1361 const char *name
= NULL
;
1362 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1363 unsigned char st_other
;
1366 section_name
= symbol
->section
? symbol
->section
->name
: "(*none*)";
1368 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1369 if (bed
->elf_backend_print_symbol_all
)
1370 name
= (*bed
->elf_backend_print_symbol_all
) (abfd
, filep
, symbol
);
1374 name
= symbol
->name
;
1375 bfd_print_symbol_vandf (abfd
, file
, symbol
);
1378 fprintf (file
, " %s\t", section_name
);
1379 /* Print the "other" value for a symbol. For common symbols,
1380 we've already printed the size; now print the alignment.
1381 For other symbols, we have no specified alignment, and
1382 we've printed the address; now print the size. */
1383 if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
1384 val
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
;
1386 val
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
1387 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, file
, val
);
1389 /* If we have version information, print it. */
1390 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynversym_section
!= 0
1391 && (elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverdef_section
!= 0
1392 || elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverref_section
!= 0))
1394 unsigned int vernum
;
1395 const char *version_string
;
1397 vernum
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->version
& VERSYM_VERSION
;
1400 version_string
= "";
1401 else if (vernum
== 1)
1402 version_string
= "Base";
1403 else if (vernum
<= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
)
1405 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[vernum
- 1].vd_nodename
;
1408 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
1410 version_string
= "";
1411 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
1415 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
1417 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
1419 if (a
->vna_other
== vernum
)
1421 version_string
= a
->vna_nodename
;
1428 if ((((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->version
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) == 0)
1429 fprintf (file
, " %-11s", version_string
);
1434 fprintf (file
, " (%s)", version_string
);
1435 for (i
= 10 - strlen (version_string
); i
> 0; --i
)
1440 /* If the st_other field is not zero, print it. */
1441 st_other
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
;
1446 case STV_INTERNAL
: fprintf (file
, " .internal"); break;
1447 case STV_HIDDEN
: fprintf (file
, " .hidden"); break;
1448 case STV_PROTECTED
: fprintf (file
, " .protected"); break;
1450 /* Some other non-defined flags are also present, so print
1452 fprintf (file
, " 0x%02x", (unsigned int) st_other
);
1455 fprintf (file
, " %s", name
);
1461 /* Create an entry in an ELF linker hash table. */
1463 struct bfd_hash_entry
*
1464 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
1465 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
,
1468 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
1472 entry
= bfd_hash_allocate (table
, sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
));
1477 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
1478 entry
= _bfd_link_hash_newfunc (entry
, table
, string
);
1481 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ret
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) entry
;
1482 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= (struct elf_link_hash_table
*) table
;
1484 /* Set local fields. */
1487 ret
->got
= htab
->init_got_refcount
;
1488 ret
->plt
= htab
->init_plt_refcount
;
1489 memset (&ret
->size
, 0, (sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
)
1490 - offsetof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
, size
)));
1491 /* Assume that we have been called by a non-ELF symbol reader.
1492 This flag is then reset by the code which reads an ELF input
1493 file. This ensures that a symbol created by a non-ELF symbol
1494 reader will have the flag set correctly. */
1501 /* Copy data from an indirect symbol to its direct symbol, hiding the
1502 old indirect symbol. Also used for copying flags to a weakdef. */
1505 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1506 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*dir
,
1507 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ind
)
1509 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
1511 /* Copy down any references that we may have already seen to the
1512 symbol which just became indirect. */
1514 dir
->ref_dynamic
|= ind
->ref_dynamic
;
1515 dir
->ref_regular
|= ind
->ref_regular
;
1516 dir
->ref_regular_nonweak
|= ind
->ref_regular_nonweak
;
1517 dir
->non_got_ref
|= ind
->non_got_ref
;
1518 dir
->needs_plt
|= ind
->needs_plt
;
1519 dir
->pointer_equality_needed
|= ind
->pointer_equality_needed
;
1521 if (ind
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1524 /* Copy over the global and procedure linkage table refcount entries.
1525 These may have been already set up by a check_relocs routine. */
1526 htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
1527 if (ind
->got
.refcount
> htab
->init_got_refcount
.refcount
)
1529 if (dir
->got
.refcount
< 0)
1530 dir
->got
.refcount
= 0;
1531 dir
->got
.refcount
+= ind
->got
.refcount
;
1532 ind
->got
.refcount
= htab
->init_got_refcount
.refcount
;
1535 if (ind
->plt
.refcount
> htab
->init_plt_refcount
.refcount
)
1537 if (dir
->plt
.refcount
< 0)
1538 dir
->plt
.refcount
= 0;
1539 dir
->plt
.refcount
+= ind
->plt
.refcount
;
1540 ind
->plt
.refcount
= htab
->init_plt_refcount
.refcount
;
1543 if (ind
->dynindx
!= -1)
1545 if (dir
->dynindx
!= -1)
1546 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (htab
->dynstr
, dir
->dynstr_index
);
1547 dir
->dynindx
= ind
->dynindx
;
1548 dir
->dynstr_index
= ind
->dynstr_index
;
1550 ind
->dynstr_index
= 0;
1555 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1556 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
1557 bfd_boolean force_local
)
1559 h
->plt
= elf_hash_table (info
)->init_plt_offset
;
1563 h
->forced_local
= 1;
1564 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
1567 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
1573 /* Initialize an ELF linker hash table. */
1576 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init
1577 (struct elf_link_hash_table
*table
,
1579 struct bfd_hash_entry
*(*newfunc
) (struct bfd_hash_entry
*,
1580 struct bfd_hash_table
*,
1582 unsigned int entsize
)
1585 int can_refcount
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->can_refcount
;
1587 table
->dynamic_sections_created
= FALSE
;
1588 table
->dynobj
= NULL
;
1589 table
->init_got_refcount
.refcount
= can_refcount
- 1;
1590 table
->init_plt_refcount
.refcount
= can_refcount
- 1;
1591 table
->init_got_offset
.offset
= -(bfd_vma
) 1;
1592 table
->init_plt_offset
.offset
= -(bfd_vma
) 1;
1593 /* The first dynamic symbol is a dummy. */
1594 table
->dynsymcount
= 1;
1595 table
->dynstr
= NULL
;
1596 table
->bucketcount
= 0;
1597 table
->needed
= NULL
;
1600 table
->merge_info
= NULL
;
1601 memset (&table
->stab_info
, 0, sizeof (table
->stab_info
));
1602 memset (&table
->eh_info
, 0, sizeof (table
->eh_info
));
1603 table
->dynlocal
= NULL
;
1604 table
->runpath
= NULL
;
1605 table
->tls_sec
= NULL
;
1606 table
->tls_size
= 0;
1607 table
->loaded
= NULL
;
1608 table
->is_relocatable_executable
= FALSE
;
1610 ret
= _bfd_link_hash_table_init (&table
->root
, abfd
, newfunc
, entsize
);
1611 table
->root
.type
= bfd_link_elf_hash_table
;
1616 /* Create an ELF linker hash table. */
1618 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
1619 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
1621 struct elf_link_hash_table
*ret
;
1622 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_table
);
1624 ret
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
1628 if (! _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (ret
, abfd
, _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc
,
1629 sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
)))
1638 /* This is a hook for the ELF emulation code in the generic linker to
1639 tell the backend linker what file name to use for the DT_NEEDED
1640 entry for a dynamic object. */
1643 bfd_elf_set_dt_needed_name (bfd
*abfd
, const char *name
)
1645 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
1646 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
1647 elf_dt_name (abfd
) = name
;
1651 bfd_elf_get_dyn_lib_class (bfd
*abfd
)
1654 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
1655 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
1656 lib_class
= elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
);
1663 bfd_elf_set_dyn_lib_class (bfd
*abfd
, int lib_class
)
1665 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
1666 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
1667 elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) = lib_class
;
1670 /* Get the list of DT_NEEDED entries for a link. This is a hook for
1671 the linker ELF emulation code. */
1673 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*
1674 bfd_elf_get_needed_list (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1675 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1677 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
1679 return elf_hash_table (info
)->needed
;
1682 /* Get the list of DT_RPATH/DT_RUNPATH entries for a link. This is a
1683 hook for the linker ELF emulation code. */
1685 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*
1686 bfd_elf_get_runpath_list (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1687 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1689 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
1691 return elf_hash_table (info
)->runpath
;
1694 /* Get the name actually used for a dynamic object for a link. This
1695 is the SONAME entry if there is one. Otherwise, it is the string
1696 passed to bfd_elf_set_dt_needed_name, or it is the filename. */
1699 bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (bfd
*abfd
)
1701 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
1702 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
1703 return elf_dt_name (abfd
);
1707 /* Get the list of DT_NEEDED entries from a BFD. This is a hook for
1708 the ELF linker emulation code. */
1711 bfd_elf_get_bfd_needed_list (bfd
*abfd
,
1712 struct bfd_link_needed_list
**pneeded
)
1715 bfd_byte
*dynbuf
= NULL
;
1717 unsigned long shlink
;
1718 bfd_byte
*extdyn
, *extdynend
;
1720 void (*swap_dyn_in
) (bfd
*, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn
*);
1724 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
1725 || bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_object
)
1728 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
1729 if (s
== NULL
|| s
->size
== 0)
1732 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &dynbuf
))
1735 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, s
);
1739 shlink
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
1741 extdynsize
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
1742 swap_dyn_in
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
;
1745 extdynend
= extdyn
+ s
->size
;
1746 for (; extdyn
< extdynend
; extdyn
+= extdynsize
)
1748 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
1750 (*swap_dyn_in
) (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
1752 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NULL
)
1755 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NEEDED
)
1758 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*l
;
1759 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
1762 string
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
1767 l
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
1788 /* Allocate an ELF string table--force the first byte to be zero. */
1790 struct bfd_strtab_hash
*
1791 _bfd_elf_stringtab_init (void)
1793 struct bfd_strtab_hash
*ret
;
1795 ret
= _bfd_stringtab_init ();
1800 loc
= _bfd_stringtab_add (ret
, "", TRUE
, FALSE
);
1801 BFD_ASSERT (loc
== 0 || loc
== (bfd_size_type
) -1);
1802 if (loc
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
1804 _bfd_stringtab_free (ret
);
1811 /* ELF .o/exec file reading */
1813 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF section header. */
1816 bfd_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int shindex
)
1818 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
];
1819 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*ehdr
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
1820 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1823 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
,
1824 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
,
1829 switch (hdr
->sh_type
)
1832 /* Inactive section. Throw it away. */
1835 case SHT_PROGBITS
: /* Normal section with contents. */
1836 case SHT_NOBITS
: /* .bss section. */
1837 case SHT_HASH
: /* .hash section. */
1838 case SHT_NOTE
: /* .note section. */
1839 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY
: /* .init_array section. */
1840 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY
: /* .fini_array section. */
1841 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
: /* .preinit_array section. */
1842 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
: /* .gnu.liblist section. */
1843 case SHT_GNU_HASH
: /* .gnu.hash section. */
1844 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
1846 case SHT_DYNAMIC
: /* Dynamic linking information. */
1847 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
1849 if (hdr
->sh_link
> elf_numsections (abfd
)
1850 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
] == NULL
)
1852 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_STRTAB
)
1854 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*dynsymhdr
;
1856 /* The shared libraries distributed with hpux11 have a bogus
1857 sh_link field for the ".dynamic" section. Find the
1858 string table for the ".dynsym" section instead. */
1859 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) != 0)
1861 dynsymhdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)];
1862 hdr
->sh_link
= dynsymhdr
->sh_link
;
1866 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
1868 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
1869 for (i
= 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
1871 dynsymhdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
1872 if (dynsymhdr
->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
1874 hdr
->sh_link
= dynsymhdr
->sh_link
;
1882 case SHT_SYMTAB
: /* A symbol table */
1883 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == shindex
)
1886 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)
1888 BFD_ASSERT (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == 0);
1889 elf_onesymtab (abfd
) = shindex
;
1890 elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
1891 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
1892 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_SYMS
;
1894 /* Sometimes a shared object will map in the symbol table. If
1895 SHF_ALLOC is set, and this is a shared object, then we also
1896 treat this section as a BFD section. We can not base the
1897 decision purely on SHF_ALLOC, because that flag is sometimes
1898 set in a relocatable object file, which would confuse the
1900 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0
1901 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0
1902 && ! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
1906 /* Go looking for SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX too, since if there is one we
1907 can't read symbols without that section loaded as well. It
1908 is most likely specified by the next section header. */
1909 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
)]->sh_link
!= shindex
)
1911 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
1913 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
1914 for (i
= shindex
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
1916 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
1917 if (hdr2
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
1918 && hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
1922 for (i
= 1; i
< shindex
; i
++)
1924 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
1925 if (hdr2
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
1926 && hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
1930 return bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, i
);
1934 case SHT_DYNSYM
: /* A dynamic symbol table */
1935 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == shindex
)
1938 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)
1940 BFD_ASSERT (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0);
1941 elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) = shindex
;
1942 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
1943 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
1944 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_SYMS
;
1946 /* Besides being a symbol table, we also treat this as a regular
1947 section, so that objcopy can handle it. */
1948 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
1950 case SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
: /* Symbol section indices when >64k sections */
1951 if (elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
) == shindex
)
1954 BFD_ASSERT (elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
) == 0);
1955 elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
) = shindex
;
1956 elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
= *hdr
;
1957 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
1960 case SHT_STRTAB
: /* A string table */
1961 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
1963 if (ehdr
->e_shstrndx
== shindex
)
1965 elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
1966 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
1969 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_onesymtab (abfd
)]->sh_link
== shindex
)
1972 elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
1973 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
1976 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)]->sh_link
== shindex
)
1979 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynstrtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
1980 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynstrtab_hdr
;
1981 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
;
1982 /* We also treat this as a regular section, so that objcopy
1984 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
1988 /* If the string table isn't one of the above, then treat it as a
1989 regular section. We need to scan all the headers to be sure,
1990 just in case this strtab section appeared before the above. */
1991 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == 0 || elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
1993 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
1995 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
1996 for (i
= 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
1998 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
1999 if (hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
2001 /* Prevent endless recursion on broken objects. */
2004 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, i
))
2006 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == i
)
2008 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == i
)
2009 goto dynsymtab_strtab
;
2013 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2017 /* *These* do a lot of work -- but build no sections! */
2019 asection
*target_sect
;
2020 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
;
2021 unsigned int num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
2024 != (bfd_size_type
) (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
2025 ? bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
: bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
))
2028 /* Check for a bogus link to avoid crashing. */
2029 if ((hdr
->sh_link
>= SHN_LORESERVE
&& hdr
->sh_link
<= SHN_HIRESERVE
)
2030 || hdr
->sh_link
>= num_sec
)
2032 ((*_bfd_error_handler
)
2033 (_("%B: invalid link %lu for reloc section %s (index %u)"),
2034 abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
, name
, shindex
));
2035 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2039 /* For some incomprehensible reason Oracle distributes
2040 libraries for Solaris in which some of the objects have
2041 bogus sh_link fields. It would be nice if we could just
2042 reject them, but, unfortunately, some people need to use
2043 them. We scan through the section headers; if we find only
2044 one suitable symbol table, we clobber the sh_link to point
2045 to it. I hope this doesn't break anything. */
2046 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_SYMTAB
2047 && elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_DYNSYM
)
2053 for (scan
= 1; scan
< num_sec
; scan
++)
2055 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[scan
]->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
2056 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[scan
]->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
2067 hdr
->sh_link
= found
;
2070 /* Get the symbol table. */
2071 if ((elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
2072 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
2073 && ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
))
2076 /* If this reloc section does not use the main symbol table we
2077 don't treat it as a reloc section. BFD can't adequately
2078 represent such a section, so at least for now, we don't
2079 try. We just present it as a normal section. We also
2080 can't use it as a reloc section if it points to the null
2081 section, an invalid section, or another reloc section. */
2082 if (hdr
->sh_link
!= elf_onesymtab (abfd
)
2083 || hdr
->sh_info
== SHN_UNDEF
2084 || (hdr
->sh_info
>= SHN_LORESERVE
&& hdr
->sh_info
<= SHN_HIRESERVE
)
2085 || hdr
->sh_info
>= num_sec
2086 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_info
]->sh_type
== SHT_REL
2087 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_info
]->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
2088 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2091 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
))
2093 target_sect
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
);
2094 if (target_sect
== NULL
)
2097 if ((target_sect
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
2098 || target_sect
->reloc_count
== 0)
2099 hdr2
= &elf_section_data (target_sect
)->rel_hdr
;
2103 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (target_sect
)->rel_hdr2
== NULL
);
2104 amt
= sizeof (*hdr2
);
2105 hdr2
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
2106 elf_section_data (target_sect
)->rel_hdr2
= hdr2
;
2109 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr2
;
2110 target_sect
->reloc_count
+= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (hdr
);
2111 target_sect
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
2112 target_sect
->relocation
= NULL
;
2113 target_sect
->rel_filepos
= hdr
->sh_offset
;
2114 /* In the section to which the relocations apply, mark whether
2115 its relocations are of the REL or RELA variety. */
2116 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2117 target_sect
->use_rela_p
= hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
;
2118 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_RELOC
;
2123 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
2124 elf_dynverdef (abfd
) = shindex
;
2125 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverdef_hdr
= *hdr
;
2126 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2129 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
2130 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
))
2132 elf_dynversym (abfd
) = shindex
;
2133 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynversym_hdr
= *hdr
;
2134 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2136 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
2137 elf_dynverref (abfd
) = shindex
;
2138 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverref_hdr
= *hdr
;
2139 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2145 /* We need a BFD section for objcopy and relocatable linking,
2146 and it's handy to have the signature available as the section
2148 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
)
2150 name
= group_signature (abfd
, hdr
);
2153 if (!_bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2155 if (hdr
->contents
!= NULL
)
2157 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) hdr
->contents
;
2158 unsigned int n_elt
= hdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
2161 if (idx
->flags
& GRP_COMDAT
)
2162 hdr
->bfd_section
->flags
2163 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
2165 /* We try to keep the same section order as it comes in. */
2167 while (--n_elt
!= 0)
2168 if ((s
= (--idx
)->shdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
2169 && elf_next_in_group (s
) != NULL
)
2171 elf_next_in_group (hdr
->bfd_section
) = s
;
2178 /* Check for any processor-specific section types. */
2179 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2182 if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOUSER
&& hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIUSER
)
2184 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
2185 /* FIXME: How to properly handle allocated section reserved
2186 for applications? */
2187 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2188 (_("%B: don't know how to handle allocated, application "
2189 "specific section `%s' [0x%8x]"),
2190 abfd
, name
, hdr
->sh_type
);
2192 /* Allow sections reserved for applications. */
2193 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2196 else if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOPROC
2197 && hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIPROC
)
2198 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
2199 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2200 (_("%B: don't know how to handle processor specific section "
2202 abfd
, name
, hdr
->sh_type
);
2203 else if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOOS
&& hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIOS
)
2205 /* Unrecognised OS-specific sections. */
2206 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING
) != 0)
2207 /* SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING indicates that special knowledge is
2208 required to correctly process the section and the file should
2209 be rejected with an error message. */
2210 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2211 (_("%B: don't know how to handle OS specific section "
2213 abfd
, name
, hdr
->sh_type
);
2215 /* Otherwise it should be processed. */
2216 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2219 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
2220 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2221 (_("%B: don't know how to handle section `%s' [0x%8x]"),
2222 abfd
, name
, hdr
->sh_type
);
2230 /* Return the section for the local symbol specified by ABFD, R_SYMNDX.
2231 Return SEC for sections that have no elf section, and NULL on error. */
2234 bfd_section_from_r_symndx (bfd
*abfd
,
2235 struct sym_sec_cache
*cache
,
2237 unsigned long r_symndx
)
2239 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
2240 unsigned char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
2241 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
2242 Elf_Internal_Sym isym
;
2243 unsigned int ent
= r_symndx
% LOCAL_SYM_CACHE_SIZE
;
2245 if (cache
->abfd
== abfd
&& cache
->indx
[ent
] == r_symndx
)
2246 return cache
->sec
[ent
];
2248 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
2249 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, 1, r_symndx
,
2250 &isym
, esym
, &eshndx
) == NULL
)
2253 if (cache
->abfd
!= abfd
)
2255 memset (cache
->indx
, -1, sizeof (cache
->indx
));
2258 cache
->indx
[ent
] = r_symndx
;
2259 cache
->sec
[ent
] = sec
;
2260 if ((isym
.st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
&& isym
.st_shndx
< SHN_LORESERVE
)
2261 || isym
.st_shndx
> SHN_HIRESERVE
)
2264 s
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
.st_shndx
);
2266 cache
->sec
[ent
] = s
;
2268 return cache
->sec
[ent
];
2271 /* Given an ELF section number, retrieve the corresponding BFD
2275 bfd_section_from_elf_index (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int index
)
2277 if (index
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
2279 return elf_elfsections (abfd
)[index
]->bfd_section
;
2282 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_b
[] =
2284 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".bss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2285 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2288 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_c
[] =
2290 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".comment"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2291 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2294 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_d
[] =
2296 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2297 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2298 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2299 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2300 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2301 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2302 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2303 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynamic"), 0, SHT_DYNAMIC
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2304 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynstr"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2305 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynsym"), 0, SHT_DYNSYM
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2306 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2309 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_f
[] =
2311 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2312 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini_array"), 0, SHT_FINI_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2313 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2316 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_g
[] =
2318 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.linkonce.b"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2319 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".got"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2320 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version"), 0, SHT_GNU_versym
, 0 },
2321 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_d"), 0, SHT_GNU_verdef
, 0 },
2322 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_r"), 0, SHT_GNU_verneed
, 0 },
2323 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.liblist"), 0, SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2324 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.conflict"), 0, SHT_RELA
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2325 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.hash"), 0, SHT_GNU_HASH
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2326 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2329 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_h
[] =
2331 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".hash"), 0, SHT_HASH
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2332 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2335 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_i
[] =
2337 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2338 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init_array"), 0, SHT_INIT_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2339 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".interp"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2340 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2343 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_l
[] =
2345 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2346 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2349 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_n
[] =
2351 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note.GNU-stack"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2352 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note"), -1, SHT_NOTE
, 0 },
2353 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2356 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_p
[] =
2358 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".preinit_array"), 0, SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2359 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2360 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2363 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_r
[] =
2365 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2366 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2367 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rela"), -1, SHT_RELA
, 0 },
2368 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rel"), -1, SHT_REL
, 0 },
2369 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2372 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_s
[] =
2374 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".shstrtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2375 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".strtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2376 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".symtab"), 0, SHT_SYMTAB
, 0 },
2377 /* See struct bfd_elf_special_section declaration for the semantics of
2378 this special case where .prefix_length != strlen (.prefix). */
2379 { ".stabstr", 5, 3, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2380 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2383 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_t
[] =
2385 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".text"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2386 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_TLS
},
2387 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_TLS
},
2388 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2391 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*special_sections
[] =
2393 special_sections_b
, /* 'b' */
2394 special_sections_c
, /* 'b' */
2395 special_sections_d
, /* 'd' */
2397 special_sections_f
, /* 'f' */
2398 special_sections_g
, /* 'g' */
2399 special_sections_h
, /* 'h' */
2400 special_sections_i
, /* 'i' */
2403 special_sections_l
, /* 'l' */
2405 special_sections_n
, /* 'n' */
2407 special_sections_p
, /* 'p' */
2409 special_sections_r
, /* 'r' */
2410 special_sections_s
, /* 's' */
2411 special_sections_t
, /* 't' */
2414 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
2415 _bfd_elf_get_special_section (const char *name
,
2416 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*spec
,
2422 len
= strlen (name
);
2424 for (i
= 0; spec
[i
].prefix
!= NULL
; i
++)
2427 int prefix_len
= spec
[i
].prefix_length
;
2429 if (len
< prefix_len
)
2431 if (memcmp (name
, spec
[i
].prefix
, prefix_len
) != 0)
2434 suffix_len
= spec
[i
].suffix_length
;
2435 if (suffix_len
<= 0)
2437 if (name
[prefix_len
] != 0)
2439 if (suffix_len
== 0)
2441 if (name
[prefix_len
] != '.'
2442 && (suffix_len
== -2
2443 || (rela
&& spec
[i
].type
== SHT_REL
)))
2449 if (len
< prefix_len
+ suffix_len
)
2451 if (memcmp (name
+ len
- suffix_len
,
2452 spec
[i
].prefix
+ prefix_len
,
2462 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
2463 _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
2466 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*spec
;
2467 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2469 /* See if this is one of the special sections. */
2470 if (sec
->name
== NULL
)
2473 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2474 spec
= bed
->special_sections
;
2477 spec
= _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec
->name
,
2478 bed
->special_sections
,
2484 if (sec
->name
[0] != '.')
2487 i
= sec
->name
[1] - 'b';
2488 if (i
< 0 || i
> 't' - 'b')
2491 spec
= special_sections
[i
];
2496 return _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec
->name
, spec
, sec
->use_rela_p
);
2500 _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
2502 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*sdata
;
2503 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2504 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*ssect
;
2506 sdata
= (struct bfd_elf_section_data
*) sec
->used_by_bfd
;
2509 sdata
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*sdata
));
2512 sec
->used_by_bfd
= sdata
;
2515 /* Indicate whether or not this section should use RELA relocations. */
2516 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2517 sec
->use_rela_p
= bed
->default_use_rela_p
;
2519 /* When we read a file, we don't need to set ELF section type and
2520 flags. They will be overridden in _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr
2521 anyway. We will set ELF section type and flags for all linker
2522 created sections. If user specifies BFD section flags, we will
2523 set ELF section type and flags based on BFD section flags in
2524 elf_fake_sections. */
2525 if ((!sec
->flags
&& abfd
->direction
!= read_direction
)
2526 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0)
2528 ssect
= (*bed
->get_sec_type_attr
) (abfd
, sec
);
2531 elf_section_type (sec
) = ssect
->type
;
2532 elf_section_flags (sec
) = ssect
->attr
;
2536 return _bfd_generic_new_section_hook (abfd
, sec
);
2539 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF program header.
2541 Since program segments have no names, we generate a synthetic name
2542 of the form segment<NUM>, where NUM is generally the index in the
2543 program header table. For segments that are split (see below) we
2544 generate the names segment<NUM>a and segment<NUM>b.
2546 Note that some program segments may have a file size that is different than
2547 (less than) the memory size. All this means is that at execution the
2548 system must allocate the amount of memory specified by the memory size,
2549 but only initialize it with the first "file size" bytes read from the
2550 file. This would occur for example, with program segments consisting
2551 of combined data+bss.
2553 To handle the above situation, this routine generates TWO bfd sections
2554 for the single program segment. The first has the length specified by
2555 the file size of the segment, and the second has the length specified
2556 by the difference between the two sizes. In effect, the segment is split
2557 into it's initialized and uninitialized parts.
2562 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (bfd
*abfd
,
2563 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*hdr
,
2565 const char *typename
)
2573 split
= ((hdr
->p_memsz
> 0)
2574 && (hdr
->p_filesz
> 0)
2575 && (hdr
->p_memsz
> hdr
->p_filesz
));
2576 sprintf (namebuf
, "%s%d%s", typename
, index
, split
? "a" : "");
2577 len
= strlen (namebuf
) + 1;
2578 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
2581 memcpy (name
, namebuf
, len
);
2582 newsect
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, name
);
2583 if (newsect
== NULL
)
2585 newsect
->vma
= hdr
->p_vaddr
;
2586 newsect
->lma
= hdr
->p_paddr
;
2587 newsect
->size
= hdr
->p_filesz
;
2588 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->p_offset
;
2589 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
2590 newsect
->alignment_power
= bfd_log2 (hdr
->p_align
);
2591 if (hdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
2593 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ALLOC
;
2594 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_LOAD
;
2595 if (hdr
->p_flags
& PF_X
)
2597 /* FIXME: all we known is that it has execute PERMISSION,
2599 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
2602 if (!(hdr
->p_flags
& PF_W
))
2604 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
2609 sprintf (namebuf
, "%s%db", typename
, index
);
2610 len
= strlen (namebuf
) + 1;
2611 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
2614 memcpy (name
, namebuf
, len
);
2615 newsect
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, name
);
2616 if (newsect
== NULL
)
2618 newsect
->vma
= hdr
->p_vaddr
+ hdr
->p_filesz
;
2619 newsect
->lma
= hdr
->p_paddr
+ hdr
->p_filesz
;
2620 newsect
->size
= hdr
->p_memsz
- hdr
->p_filesz
;
2621 if (hdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
2623 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ALLOC
;
2624 if (hdr
->p_flags
& PF_X
)
2625 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
2627 if (!(hdr
->p_flags
& PF_W
))
2628 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
2635 bfd_section_from_phdr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Phdr
*hdr
, int index
)
2637 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2639 switch (hdr
->p_type
)
2642 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
, "null");
2645 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
, "load");
2648 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
, "dynamic");
2651 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
, "interp");
2654 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
, "note"))
2656 if (! elfcore_read_notes (abfd
, hdr
->p_offset
, hdr
->p_filesz
))
2661 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
, "shlib");
2664 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
, "phdr");
2666 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
:
2667 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
,
2671 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
, "stack");
2674 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
, "relro");
2677 /* Check for any processor-specific program segment types. */
2678 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2679 return bed
->elf_backend_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
, "proc");
2683 /* Initialize REL_HDR, the section-header for new section, containing
2684 relocations against ASECT. If USE_RELA_P is TRUE, we use RELA
2685 relocations; otherwise, we use REL relocations. */
2688 _bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
2689 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
,
2691 bfd_boolean use_rela_p
)
2694 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2695 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof ".rela" + strlen (asect
->name
);
2697 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
2700 sprintf (name
, "%s%s", use_rela_p
? ".rela" : ".rel", asect
->name
);
2702 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), name
,
2704 if (rel_hdr
->sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
2706 rel_hdr
->sh_type
= use_rela_p
? SHT_RELA
: SHT_REL
;
2707 rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
= (use_rela_p
2708 ? bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
2709 : bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
);
2710 rel_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
2711 rel_hdr
->sh_flags
= 0;
2712 rel_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
2713 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= 0;
2714 rel_hdr
->sh_offset
= 0;
2719 /* Set up an ELF internal section header for a section. */
2722 elf_fake_sections (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*asect
, void *failedptrarg
)
2724 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2725 bfd_boolean
*failedptr
= failedptrarg
;
2726 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
2730 /* We already failed; just get out of the bfd_map_over_sections
2735 this_hdr
= &elf_section_data (asect
)->this_hdr
;
2737 this_hdr
->sh_name
= (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
2738 asect
->name
, FALSE
);
2739 if (this_hdr
->sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
2745 /* Don't clear sh_flags. Assembler may set additional bits. */
2747 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
2748 || asect
->user_set_vma
)
2749 this_hdr
->sh_addr
= asect
->vma
;
2751 this_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
2753 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= 0;
2754 this_hdr
->sh_size
= asect
->size
;
2755 this_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
2756 this_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1 << asect
->alignment_power
;
2757 /* The sh_entsize and sh_info fields may have been set already by
2758 copy_private_section_data. */
2760 this_hdr
->bfd_section
= asect
;
2761 this_hdr
->contents
= NULL
;
2763 /* If the section type is unspecified, we set it based on
2765 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NULL
)
2767 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0)
2768 this_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_GROUP
;
2769 else if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
2770 && (((asect
->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
)) == 0)
2771 || (asect
->flags
& SEC_NEVER_LOAD
) != 0))
2772 this_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_NOBITS
;
2774 this_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_PROGBITS
;
2777 switch (this_hdr
->sh_type
)
2783 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY
:
2784 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY
:
2785 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
:
2792 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
;
2796 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
2800 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
2804 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->may_use_rela_p
)
2805 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
;
2809 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->may_use_rel_p
)
2810 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
;
2813 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
2814 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
);
2817 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
2818 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
2819 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
2820 cverdefs. The linker will set cverdefs, but sh_info will be
2822 if (this_hdr
->sh_info
== 0)
2823 this_hdr
->sh_info
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
;
2825 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
== 0
2826 || this_hdr
->sh_info
== elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
);
2829 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
2830 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
2831 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
2832 cverrefs. The linker will set cverrefs, but sh_info will be
2834 if (this_hdr
->sh_info
== 0)
2835 this_hdr
->sh_info
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
;
2837 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
== 0
2838 || this_hdr
->sh_info
== elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
);
2842 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 4;
2846 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->arch_size
== 64 ? 0 : 4;
2850 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
2851 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
;
2852 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
2853 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_WRITE
;
2854 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
2855 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_EXECINSTR
;
2856 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) != 0)
2858 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MERGE
;
2859 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= asect
->entsize
;
2860 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_STRINGS
) != 0)
2861 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_STRINGS
;
2863 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == 0 && elf_group_name (asect
) != NULL
)
2864 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_GROUP
;
2865 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
2867 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_TLS
;
2868 if (asect
->size
== 0
2869 && (asect
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
2871 struct bfd_link_order
*o
= asect
->map_tail
.link_order
;
2873 this_hdr
->sh_size
= 0;
2876 this_hdr
->sh_size
= o
->offset
+ o
->size
;
2877 if (this_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2878 this_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_NOBITS
;
2883 /* Check for processor-specific section types. */
2884 if (bed
->elf_backend_fake_sections
2885 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_fake_sections
) (abfd
, this_hdr
, asect
))
2888 /* If the section has relocs, set up a section header for the
2889 SHT_REL[A] section. If two relocation sections are required for
2890 this section, it is up to the processor-specific back-end to
2891 create the other. */
2892 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0
2893 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
,
2894 &elf_section_data (asect
)->rel_hdr
,
2900 /* Fill in the contents of a SHT_GROUP section. */
2903 bfd_elf_set_group_contents (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
, void *failedptrarg
)
2905 bfd_boolean
*failedptr
= failedptrarg
;
2906 unsigned long symindx
;
2907 asection
*elt
, *first
;
2911 /* Ignore linker created group section. See elfNN_ia64_object_p in
2913 if (((sec
->flags
& (SEC_GROUP
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
)) != SEC_GROUP
)
2918 if (elf_group_id (sec
) != NULL
)
2919 symindx
= elf_group_id (sec
)->udata
.i
;
2923 /* If called from the assembler, swap_out_syms will have set up
2924 elf_section_syms; If called for "ld -r", use target_index. */
2925 if (elf_section_syms (abfd
) != NULL
)
2926 symindx
= elf_section_syms (abfd
)[sec
->index
]->udata
.i
;
2928 symindx
= sec
->target_index
;
2930 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= symindx
;
2932 /* The contents won't be allocated for "ld -r" or objcopy. */
2934 if (sec
->contents
== NULL
)
2937 sec
->contents
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sec
->size
);
2939 /* Arrange for the section to be written out. */
2940 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= sec
->contents
;
2941 if (sec
->contents
== NULL
)
2948 loc
= sec
->contents
+ sec
->size
;
2950 /* Get the pointer to the first section in the group that gas
2951 squirreled away here. objcopy arranges for this to be set to the
2952 start of the input section group. */
2953 first
= elt
= elf_next_in_group (sec
);
2955 /* First element is a flag word. Rest of section is elf section
2956 indices for all the sections of the group. Write them backwards
2957 just to keep the group in the same order as given in .section
2958 directives, not that it matters. */
2967 s
= s
->output_section
;
2970 idx
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
2971 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, idx
, loc
);
2972 elt
= elf_next_in_group (elt
);
2977 if ((loc
-= 4) != sec
->contents
)
2980 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, sec
->flags
& SEC_LINK_ONCE
? GRP_COMDAT
: 0, loc
);
2983 /* Assign all ELF section numbers. The dummy first section is handled here
2984 too. The link/info pointers for the standard section types are filled
2985 in here too, while we're at it. */
2988 assign_section_numbers (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
2990 struct elf_obj_tdata
*t
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
2992 unsigned int section_number
, secn
;
2993 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
2994 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*d
;
2998 _bfd_elf_strtab_clear_all_refs (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
3000 /* SHT_GROUP sections are in relocatable files only. */
3001 if (link_info
== NULL
|| link_info
->relocatable
)
3003 /* Put SHT_GROUP sections first. */
3004 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3006 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
3008 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
)
3010 if (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
)
3012 /* Remove the linker created SHT_GROUP sections. */
3013 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, sec
);
3014 abfd
->section_count
--;
3018 if (section_number
== SHN_LORESERVE
)
3019 section_number
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
3020 d
->this_idx
= section_number
++;
3026 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3028 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
3030 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
!= SHT_GROUP
)
3032 if (section_number
== SHN_LORESERVE
)
3033 section_number
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
3034 d
->this_idx
= section_number
++;
3036 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->this_hdr
.sh_name
);
3037 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0)
3041 if (section_number
== SHN_LORESERVE
)
3042 section_number
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
3043 d
->rel_idx
= section_number
++;
3044 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->rel_hdr
.sh_name
);
3049 if (section_number
== SHN_LORESERVE
)
3050 section_number
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
3051 d
->rel_idx2
= section_number
++;
3052 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->rel_hdr2
->sh_name
);
3058 if (section_number
== SHN_LORESERVE
)
3059 section_number
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
3060 t
->shstrtab_section
= section_number
++;
3061 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3062 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
= t
->shstrtab_section
;
3064 if (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0)
3066 if (section_number
== SHN_LORESERVE
)
3067 section_number
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
3068 t
->symtab_section
= section_number
++;
3069 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3070 if (section_number
> SHN_LORESERVE
- 2)
3072 if (section_number
== SHN_LORESERVE
)
3073 section_number
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
3074 t
->symtab_shndx_section
= section_number
++;
3075 t
->symtab_shndx_hdr
.sh_name
3076 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
3077 ".symtab_shndx", FALSE
);
3078 if (t
->symtab_shndx_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
3081 if (section_number
== SHN_LORESERVE
)
3082 section_number
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
3083 t
->strtab_section
= section_number
++;
3084 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3087 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
3088 t
->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
3090 elf_numsections (abfd
) = section_number
;
3091 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shnum
= section_number
;
3092 if (section_number
> SHN_LORESERVE
)
3093 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shnum
-= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
3095 /* Set up the list of section header pointers, in agreement with the
3097 i_shdrp
= bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, section_number
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*));
3098 if (i_shdrp
== NULL
)
3101 i_shdrp
[0] = bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
));
3102 if (i_shdrp
[0] == NULL
)
3104 bfd_release (abfd
, i_shdrp
);
3108 elf_elfsections (abfd
) = i_shdrp
;
3110 i_shdrp
[t
->shstrtab_section
] = &t
->shstrtab_hdr
;
3111 if (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0)
3113 i_shdrp
[t
->symtab_section
] = &t
->symtab_hdr
;
3114 if (elf_numsections (abfd
) > SHN_LORESERVE
)
3116 i_shdrp
[t
->symtab_shndx_section
] = &t
->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
3117 t
->symtab_shndx_hdr
.sh_link
= t
->symtab_section
;
3119 i_shdrp
[t
->strtab_section
] = &t
->strtab_hdr
;
3120 t
->symtab_hdr
.sh_link
= t
->strtab_section
;
3123 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3125 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
3129 i_shdrp
[d
->this_idx
] = &d
->this_hdr
;
3130 if (d
->rel_idx
!= 0)
3131 i_shdrp
[d
->rel_idx
] = &d
->rel_hdr
;
3132 if (d
->rel_idx2
!= 0)
3133 i_shdrp
[d
->rel_idx2
] = d
->rel_hdr2
;
3135 /* Fill in the sh_link and sh_info fields while we're at it. */
3137 /* sh_link of a reloc section is the section index of the symbol
3138 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to which
3139 the relocation entries apply. */
3140 if (d
->rel_idx
!= 0)
3142 d
->rel_hdr
.sh_link
= t
->symtab_section
;
3143 d
->rel_hdr
.sh_info
= d
->this_idx
;
3145 if (d
->rel_idx2
!= 0)
3147 d
->rel_hdr2
->sh_link
= t
->symtab_section
;
3148 d
->rel_hdr2
->sh_info
= d
->this_idx
;
3151 /* We need to set up sh_link for SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
3152 if ((d
->this_hdr
.sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
3154 s
= elf_linked_to_section (sec
);
3157 /* elf_linked_to_section points to the input section. */
3158 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
3160 /* Check discarded linkonce section. */
3161 if (elf_discarded_section (s
))
3164 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
3165 (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to discarded section `%A' of `%B'"),
3166 abfd
, d
->this_hdr
.bfd_section
,
3168 /* Point to the kept section if it has the same
3169 size as the discarded one. */
3170 kept
= _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (s
);
3173 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3179 s
= s
->output_section
;
3180 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
3184 /* Handle objcopy. */
3185 if (s
->output_section
== NULL
)
3187 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
3188 (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to removed section `%A' of `%B'"),
3189 abfd
, d
->this_hdr
.bfd_section
, s
, s
->owner
);
3190 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3193 s
= s
->output_section
;
3195 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3200 The Intel C compiler generates SHT_IA_64_UNWIND with
3201 SHF_LINK_ORDER. But it doesn't set the sh_link or
3202 sh_info fields. Hence we could get the situation
3204 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
3205 = get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3206 if (bed
->link_order_error_handler
)
3207 bed
->link_order_error_handler
3208 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"),
3213 switch (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
)
3217 /* A reloc section which we are treating as a normal BFD
3218 section. sh_link is the section index of the symbol
3219 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to
3220 which the relocation entries apply. We assume that an
3221 allocated reloc section uses the dynamic symbol table.
3222 FIXME: How can we be sure? */
3223 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
3225 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3227 /* We look up the section the relocs apply to by name. */
3229 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
)
3233 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
3235 d
->this_hdr
.sh_info
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3239 /* We assume that a section named .stab*str is a stabs
3240 string section. We look for a section with the same name
3241 but without the trailing ``str'', and set its sh_link
3242 field to point to this section. */
3243 if (CONST_STRNEQ (sec
->name
, ".stab")
3244 && strcmp (sec
->name
+ strlen (sec
->name
) - 3, "str") == 0)
3249 len
= strlen (sec
->name
);
3250 alc
= bfd_malloc (len
- 2);
3253 memcpy (alc
, sec
->name
, len
- 3);
3254 alc
[len
- 3] = '\0';
3255 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, alc
);
3259 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
= d
->this_idx
;
3261 /* This is a .stab section. */
3262 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
== 0)
3263 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
3264 = 4 + 2 * bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 8;
3271 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
3272 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
3273 /* sh_link is the section header index of the string table
3274 used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or the
3276 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynstr");
3278 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3281 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
:
3282 /* sh_link is the section header index of the prelink library
3284 used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or the
3286 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
)
3287 ? ".dynstr" : ".gnu.libstr");
3289 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3294 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
3295 /* sh_link is the section header index of the symbol table
3296 this hash table or version table is for. */
3297 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
3299 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3303 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= t
->symtab_section
;
3307 for (secn
= 1; secn
< section_number
; ++secn
)
3308 if (i_shdrp
[secn
] == NULL
)
3309 i_shdrp
[secn
] = i_shdrp
[0];
3311 i_shdrp
[secn
]->sh_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
3312 i_shdrp
[secn
]->sh_name
);
3316 /* Map symbol from it's internal number to the external number, moving
3317 all local symbols to be at the head of the list. */
3320 sym_is_global (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
3322 /* If the backend has a special mapping, use it. */
3323 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3324 if (bed
->elf_backend_sym_is_global
)
3325 return (*bed
->elf_backend_sym_is_global
) (abfd
, sym
);
3327 return ((sym
->flags
& (BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_WEAK
)) != 0
3328 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (sym
))
3329 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (sym
)));
3332 /* Don't output section symbols for sections that are not going to be
3333 output. Also, don't output section symbols for reloc and other
3334 special sections. */
3337 ignore_section_sym (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
3339 return ((sym
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0
3341 || (sym
->section
->owner
!= abfd
3342 && (sym
->section
->output_section
->owner
!= abfd
3343 || sym
->section
->output_offset
!= 0))));
3347 elf_map_symbols (bfd
*abfd
)
3349 unsigned int symcount
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
3350 asymbol
**syms
= bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd
);
3351 asymbol
**sect_syms
;
3352 unsigned int num_locals
= 0;
3353 unsigned int num_globals
= 0;
3354 unsigned int num_locals2
= 0;
3355 unsigned int num_globals2
= 0;
3362 fprintf (stderr
, "elf_map_symbols\n");
3366 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
3368 if (max_index
< asect
->index
)
3369 max_index
= asect
->index
;
3373 sect_syms
= bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, max_index
, sizeof (asymbol
*));
3374 if (sect_syms
== NULL
)
3376 elf_section_syms (abfd
) = sect_syms
;
3377 elf_num_section_syms (abfd
) = max_index
;
3379 /* Init sect_syms entries for any section symbols we have already
3380 decided to output. */
3381 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
3383 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[idx
];
3385 if ((sym
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0
3386 && !ignore_section_sym (abfd
, sym
))
3388 asection
*sec
= sym
->section
;
3390 if (sec
->owner
!= abfd
)
3391 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
3393 sect_syms
[sec
->index
] = syms
[idx
];
3397 /* Classify all of the symbols. */
3398 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
3400 if (ignore_section_sym (abfd
, syms
[idx
]))
3402 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, syms
[idx
]))
3408 /* We will be adding a section symbol for each normal BFD section. Most
3409 sections will already have a section symbol in outsymbols, but
3410 eg. SHT_GROUP sections will not, and we need the section symbol mapped
3411 at least in that case. */
3412 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
3414 if (sect_syms
[asect
->index
] == NULL
)
3416 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, asect
->symbol
))
3423 /* Now sort the symbols so the local symbols are first. */
3424 new_syms
= bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, num_locals
+ num_globals
, sizeof (asymbol
*));
3426 if (new_syms
== NULL
)
3429 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
3431 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[idx
];
3434 if (ignore_section_sym (abfd
, sym
))
3436 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
3439 i
= num_locals
+ num_globals2
++;
3441 sym
->udata
.i
= i
+ 1;
3443 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
3445 if (sect_syms
[asect
->index
] == NULL
)
3447 asymbol
*sym
= asect
->symbol
;
3450 sect_syms
[asect
->index
] = sym
;
3451 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
3454 i
= num_locals
+ num_globals2
++;
3456 sym
->udata
.i
= i
+ 1;
3460 bfd_set_symtab (abfd
, new_syms
, num_locals
+ num_globals
);
3462 elf_num_locals (abfd
) = num_locals
;
3463 elf_num_globals (abfd
) = num_globals
;
3467 /* Align to the maximum file alignment that could be required for any
3468 ELF data structure. */
3470 static inline file_ptr
3471 align_file_position (file_ptr off
, int align
)
3473 return (off
+ align
- 1) & ~(align
- 1);
3476 /* Assign a file position to a section, optionally aligning to the
3477 required section alignment. */
3480 _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*i_shdrp
,
3488 al
= i_shdrp
->sh_addralign
;
3490 offset
= BFD_ALIGN (offset
, al
);
3492 i_shdrp
->sh_offset
= offset
;
3493 if (i_shdrp
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
3494 i_shdrp
->bfd_section
->filepos
= offset
;
3495 if (i_shdrp
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
3496 offset
+= i_shdrp
->sh_size
;
3500 /* Compute the file positions we are going to put the sections at, and
3501 otherwise prepare to begin writing out the ELF file. If LINK_INFO
3502 is not NULL, this is being called by the ELF backend linker. */
3505 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (bfd
*abfd
,
3506 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
3508 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3510 struct bfd_strtab_hash
*strtab
= NULL
;
3511 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shstrtab_hdr
;
3513 if (abfd
->output_has_begun
)
3516 /* Do any elf backend specific processing first. */
3517 if (bed
->elf_backend_begin_write_processing
)
3518 (*bed
->elf_backend_begin_write_processing
) (abfd
, link_info
);
3520 if (! prep_headers (abfd
))
3523 /* Post process the headers if necessary. */
3524 if (bed
->elf_backend_post_process_headers
)
3525 (*bed
->elf_backend_post_process_headers
) (abfd
, link_info
);
3528 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, elf_fake_sections
, &failed
);
3532 if (!assign_section_numbers (abfd
, link_info
))
3535 /* The backend linker builds symbol table information itself. */
3536 if (link_info
== NULL
&& bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0)
3538 /* Non-zero if doing a relocatable link. */
3539 int relocatable_p
= ! (abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
));
3541 if (! swap_out_syms (abfd
, &strtab
, relocatable_p
))
3545 if (link_info
== NULL
)
3547 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bfd_elf_set_group_contents
, &failed
);
3552 shstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
3553 /* sh_name was set in prep_headers. */
3554 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
3555 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= 0;
3556 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
3557 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
3558 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
3559 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
3560 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
3561 /* sh_offset is set in assign_file_positions_except_relocs. */
3562 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
3564 if (!assign_file_positions_except_relocs (abfd
, link_info
))
3567 if (link_info
== NULL
&& bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0)
3570 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
3572 off
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
;
3574 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
3575 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
3577 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
3578 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
3579 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
3581 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
3582 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
3584 elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
= off
;
3586 /* Now that we know where the .strtab section goes, write it
3588 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
3589 || ! _bfd_stringtab_emit (abfd
, strtab
))
3591 _bfd_stringtab_free (strtab
);
3594 abfd
->output_has_begun
= TRUE
;
3599 /* Make an initial estimate of the size of the program header. If we
3600 get the number wrong here, we'll redo section placement. */
3602 static bfd_size_type
3603 get_program_header_size (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3607 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3609 /* Assume we will need exactly two PT_LOAD segments: one for text
3610 and one for data. */
3613 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp");
3614 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
3616 /* If we have a loadable interpreter section, we need a
3617 PT_INTERP segment. In this case, assume we also need a
3618 PT_PHDR segment, although that may not be true for all
3623 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
)
3625 /* We need a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
3628 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->relro
)
3630 /* We need a PT_GNU_RELRO segment only when there is a
3631 PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
3636 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->eh_frame_hdr
)
3638 /* We need a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME segment. */
3642 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->stack_flags
)
3644 /* We need a PT_GNU_STACK segment. */
3648 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
3650 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
3651 && CONST_STRNEQ (s
->name
, ".note"))
3653 /* We need a PT_NOTE segment. */
3658 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
3660 if (s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
3662 /* We need a PT_TLS segment. */
3668 /* Let the backend count up any program headers it might need. */
3669 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3670 if (bed
->elf_backend_additional_program_headers
)
3674 a
= (*bed
->elf_backend_additional_program_headers
) (abfd
, info
);
3680 return segs
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
3683 /* Create a mapping from a set of sections to a program segment. */
3685 static struct elf_segment_map
*
3686 make_mapping (bfd
*abfd
,
3687 asection
**sections
,
3692 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
3697 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
3698 amt
+= (to
- from
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
3699 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
3703 m
->p_type
= PT_LOAD
;
3704 for (i
= from
, hdrpp
= sections
+ from
; i
< to
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
3705 m
->sections
[i
- from
] = *hdrpp
;
3706 m
->count
= to
- from
;
3708 if (from
== 0 && phdr
)
3710 /* Include the headers in the first PT_LOAD segment. */
3711 m
->includes_filehdr
= 1;
3712 m
->includes_phdrs
= 1;
3718 /* Create the PT_DYNAMIC segment, which includes DYNSEC. Returns NULL
3721 struct elf_segment_map
*
3722 _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*dynsec
)
3724 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
3726 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
));
3730 m
->p_type
= PT_DYNAMIC
;
3732 m
->sections
[0] = dynsec
;
3737 /* Possibly add or remove segments from the segment map. */
3740 elf_modify_segment_map (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3742 struct elf_segment_map
**m
;
3743 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3745 /* The placement algorithm assumes that non allocated sections are
3746 not in PT_LOAD segments. We ensure this here by removing such
3747 sections from the segment map. We also remove excluded
3748 sections. Finally, any PT_LOAD segment without sections is
3750 m
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
;
3753 unsigned int i
, new_count
;
3755 for (new_count
= 0, i
= 0; i
< (*m
)->count
; i
++)
3757 if (((*m
)->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
3758 && (((*m
)->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
3759 || (*m
)->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
))
3761 (*m
)->sections
[new_count
] = (*m
)->sections
[i
];
3765 (*m
)->count
= new_count
;
3767 if ((*m
)->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& (*m
)->count
== 0)
3773 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3774 if (bed
->elf_backend_modify_segment_map
!= NULL
)
3776 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_modify_segment_map
) (abfd
, info
))
3783 /* Set up a mapping from BFD sections to program segments. */
3786 _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3789 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
3790 asection
**sections
= NULL
;
3791 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3793 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
== NULL
3794 && bfd_count_sections (abfd
) != 0)
3798 struct elf_segment_map
*mfirst
;
3799 struct elf_segment_map
**pm
;
3802 unsigned int phdr_index
;
3803 bfd_vma maxpagesize
;
3805 bfd_boolean phdr_in_segment
= TRUE
;
3806 bfd_boolean writable
;
3808 asection
*first_tls
= NULL
;
3809 asection
*dynsec
, *eh_frame_hdr
;
3812 /* Select the allocated sections, and sort them. */
3814 sections
= bfd_malloc2 (bfd_count_sections (abfd
), sizeof (asection
*));
3815 if (sections
== NULL
)
3819 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
3821 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
3827 BFD_ASSERT (i
<= bfd_count_sections (abfd
));
3830 qsort (sections
, (size_t) count
, sizeof (asection
*), elf_sort_sections
);
3832 /* Build the mapping. */
3837 /* If we have a .interp section, then create a PT_PHDR segment for
3838 the program headers and a PT_INTERP segment for the .interp
3840 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp");
3841 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
3843 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
3844 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
3848 m
->p_type
= PT_PHDR
;
3849 /* FIXME: UnixWare and Solaris set PF_X, Irix 5 does not. */
3850 m
->p_flags
= PF_R
| PF_X
;
3851 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
3852 m
->includes_phdrs
= 1;
3857 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
3858 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
3862 m
->p_type
= PT_INTERP
;
3870 /* Look through the sections. We put sections in the same program
3871 segment when the start of the second section can be placed within
3872 a few bytes of the end of the first section. */
3876 maxpagesize
= bed
->maxpagesize
;
3878 dynsec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
3880 && (dynsec
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0)
3883 /* Deal with -Ttext or something similar such that the first section
3884 is not adjacent to the program headers. This is an
3885 approximation, since at this point we don't know exactly how many
3886 program headers we will need. */
3889 bfd_size_type phdr_size
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
;
3891 if (phdr_size
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
3892 phdr_size
= get_program_header_size (abfd
, info
);
3893 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0
3894 || sections
[0]->lma
< phdr_size
3895 || sections
[0]->lma
% maxpagesize
< phdr_size
% maxpagesize
)
3896 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
3899 for (i
= 0, hdrpp
= sections
; i
< count
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
3902 bfd_boolean new_segment
;
3906 /* See if this section and the last one will fit in the same
3909 if (last_hdr
== NULL
)
3911 /* If we don't have a segment yet, then we don't need a new
3912 one (we build the last one after this loop). */
3913 new_segment
= FALSE
;
3915 else if (last_hdr
->lma
- last_hdr
->vma
!= hdr
->lma
- hdr
->vma
)
3917 /* If this section has a different relation between the
3918 virtual address and the load address, then we need a new
3922 else if (BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
, maxpagesize
)
3923 < BFD_ALIGN (hdr
->lma
, maxpagesize
))
3925 /* If putting this section in this segment would force us to
3926 skip a page in the segment, then we need a new segment. */
3929 else if ((last_hdr
->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)) == 0
3930 && (hdr
->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)) != 0)
3932 /* We don't want to put a loadable section after a
3933 nonloadable section in the same segment.
3934 Consider .tbss sections as loadable for this purpose. */
3937 else if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0)
3939 /* If the file is not demand paged, which means that we
3940 don't require the sections to be correctly aligned in the
3941 file, then there is no other reason for a new segment. */
3942 new_segment
= FALSE
;
3945 && (hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0
3946 && (((last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
- 1)
3947 & ~(maxpagesize
- 1))
3948 != (hdr
->lma
& ~(maxpagesize
- 1))))
3950 /* We don't want to put a writable section in a read only
3951 segment, unless they are on the same page in memory
3952 anyhow. We already know that the last section does not
3953 bring us past the current section on the page, so the
3954 only case in which the new section is not on the same
3955 page as the previous section is when the previous section
3956 ends precisely on a page boundary. */
3961 /* Otherwise, we can use the same segment. */
3962 new_segment
= FALSE
;
3967 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
3970 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
3971 if ((hdr
->flags
& (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
| SEC_LOAD
))
3972 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
3973 last_size
= hdr
->size
;
3979 /* We need a new program segment. We must create a new program
3980 header holding all the sections from phdr_index until hdr. */
3982 m
= make_mapping (abfd
, sections
, phdr_index
, i
, phdr_in_segment
);
3989 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
3995 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
3996 if ((hdr
->flags
& (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
| SEC_LOAD
)) != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
3997 last_size
= hdr
->size
;
4001 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
4004 /* Create a final PT_LOAD program segment. */
4005 if (last_hdr
!= NULL
)
4007 m
= make_mapping (abfd
, sections
, phdr_index
, i
, phdr_in_segment
);
4015 /* If there is a .dynamic section, throw in a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4018 m
= _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (abfd
, dynsec
);
4025 /* For each loadable .note section, add a PT_NOTE segment. We don't
4026 use bfd_get_section_by_name, because if we link together
4027 nonloadable .note sections and loadable .note sections, we will
4028 generate two .note sections in the output file. FIXME: Using
4029 names for section types is bogus anyhow. */
4030 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4032 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4033 && CONST_STRNEQ (s
->name
, ".note"))
4035 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4036 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4040 m
->p_type
= PT_NOTE
;
4047 if (s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
4055 /* If there are any SHF_TLS output sections, add PT_TLS segment. */
4060 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4061 amt
+= (tls_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
4062 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4067 m
->count
= tls_count
;
4068 /* Mandated PF_R. */
4070 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
4071 for (i
= 0; i
< tls_count
; ++i
)
4073 BFD_ASSERT (first_tls
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
);
4074 m
->sections
[i
] = first_tls
;
4075 first_tls
= first_tls
->next
;
4082 /* If there is a .eh_frame_hdr section, throw in a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
4084 eh_frame_hdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->eh_frame_hdr
;
4085 if (eh_frame_hdr
!= NULL
4086 && (eh_frame_hdr
->output_section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
4088 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4089 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4093 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
;
4095 m
->sections
[0] = eh_frame_hdr
->output_section
;
4101 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->stack_flags
)
4103 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4104 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4108 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_STACK
;
4109 m
->p_flags
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->stack_flags
;
4110 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
4116 if (dynsec
!= NULL
&& elf_tdata (abfd
)->relro
)
4118 /* We make a PT_GNU_RELRO segment only when there is a
4119 PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4120 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4121 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4125 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_RELRO
;
4127 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
4134 elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
= mfirst
;
4137 if (!elf_modify_segment_map (abfd
, info
))
4140 for (count
= 0, m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
4142 elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
= count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4147 if (sections
!= NULL
)
4152 /* Sort sections by address. */
4155 elf_sort_sections (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
4157 const asection
*sec1
= *(const asection
**) arg1
;
4158 const asection
*sec2
= *(const asection
**) arg2
;
4159 bfd_size_type size1
, size2
;
4161 /* Sort by LMA first, since this is the address used to
4162 place the section into a segment. */
4163 if (sec1
->lma
< sec2
->lma
)
4165 else if (sec1
->lma
> sec2
->lma
)
4168 /* Then sort by VMA. Normally the LMA and the VMA will be
4169 the same, and this will do nothing. */
4170 if (sec1
->vma
< sec2
->vma
)
4172 else if (sec1
->vma
> sec2
->vma
)
4175 /* Put !SEC_LOAD sections after SEC_LOAD ones. */
4177 #define TOEND(x) (((x)->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0)
4183 /* If the indicies are the same, do not return 0
4184 here, but continue to try the next comparison. */
4185 if (sec1
->target_index
- sec2
->target_index
!= 0)
4186 return sec1
->target_index
- sec2
->target_index
;
4191 else if (TOEND (sec2
))
4196 /* Sort by size, to put zero sized sections
4197 before others at the same address. */
4199 size1
= (sec1
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) ? sec1
->size
: 0;
4200 size2
= (sec2
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) ? sec2
->size
: 0;
4207 return sec1
->target_index
- sec2
->target_index
;
4210 /* Ian Lance Taylor writes:
4212 We shouldn't be using % with a negative signed number. That's just
4213 not good. We have to make sure either that the number is not
4214 negative, or that the number has an unsigned type. When the types
4215 are all the same size they wind up as unsigned. When file_ptr is a
4216 larger signed type, the arithmetic winds up as signed long long,
4219 What we're trying to say here is something like ``increase OFF by
4220 the least amount that will cause it to be equal to the VMA modulo
4222 /* In other words, something like:
4224 vma_offset = m->sections[0]->vma % bed->maxpagesize;
4225 off_offset = off % bed->maxpagesize;
4226 if (vma_offset < off_offset)
4227 adjustment = vma_offset + bed->maxpagesize - off_offset;
4229 adjustment = vma_offset - off_offset;
4231 which can can be collapsed into the expression below. */
4234 vma_page_aligned_bias (bfd_vma vma
, ufile_ptr off
, bfd_vma maxpagesize
)
4236 return ((vma
- off
) % maxpagesize
);
4239 /* Assign file positions to the sections based on the mapping from
4240 sections to segments. This function also sets up some fields in
4244 assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (bfd
*abfd
,
4245 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
4247 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4248 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4249 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdrs
;
4250 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
4252 bfd_size_type maxpagesize
;
4256 if (link_info
== NULL
4257 && !elf_modify_segment_map (abfd
, link_info
))
4261 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
4264 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phoff
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4265 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phentsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4266 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
= alloc
;
4268 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
4269 elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4271 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
4272 == alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
);
4276 elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4280 phdrs
= bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, alloc
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
));
4281 elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
= phdrs
;
4286 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0)
4287 maxpagesize
= bed
->maxpagesize
;
4289 off
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4290 off
+= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4292 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
, p
= phdrs
;
4298 /* If elf_segment_map is not from map_sections_to_segments, the
4299 sections may not be correctly ordered. NOTE: sorting should
4300 not be done to the PT_NOTE section of a corefile, which may
4301 contain several pseudo-sections artificially created by bfd.
4302 Sorting these pseudo-sections breaks things badly. */
4304 && !(elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_type
== ET_CORE
4305 && m
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
))
4306 qsort (m
->sections
, (size_t) m
->count
, sizeof (asection
*),
4309 /* An ELF segment (described by Elf_Internal_Phdr) may contain a
4310 number of sections with contents contributing to both p_filesz
4311 and p_memsz, followed by a number of sections with no contents
4312 that just contribute to p_memsz. In this loop, OFF tracks next
4313 available file offset for PT_LOAD and PT_NOTE segments. VOFF is
4314 an adjustment we use for segments that have no file contents
4315 but need zero filled memory allocation. */
4317 p
->p_type
= m
->p_type
;
4318 p
->p_flags
= m
->p_flags
;
4323 p
->p_vaddr
= m
->sections
[0]->vma
;
4325 if (m
->p_paddr_valid
)
4326 p
->p_paddr
= m
->p_paddr
;
4327 else if (m
->count
== 0)
4330 p
->p_paddr
= m
->sections
[0]->lma
;
4332 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4333 && (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0)
4335 /* p_align in demand paged PT_LOAD segments effectively stores
4336 the maximum page size. When copying an executable with
4337 objcopy, we set m->p_align from the input file. Use this
4338 value for maxpagesize rather than bed->maxpagesize, which
4339 may be different. Note that we use maxpagesize for PT_TLS
4340 segment alignment later in this function, so we are relying
4341 on at least one PT_LOAD segment appearing before a PT_TLS
4343 if (m
->p_align_valid
)
4344 maxpagesize
= m
->p_align
;
4346 p
->p_align
= maxpagesize
;
4348 else if (m
->count
== 0)
4349 p
->p_align
= 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
4353 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4356 bfd_size_type align
;
4358 unsigned int align_power
= 0;
4360 for (i
= 0, secpp
= m
->sections
; i
< m
->count
; i
++, secpp
++)
4362 unsigned int secalign
;
4364 secalign
= bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd
, *secpp
);
4365 if (secalign
> align_power
)
4366 align_power
= secalign
;
4368 align
= (bfd_size_type
) 1 << align_power
;
4370 if (align
< maxpagesize
)
4371 align
= maxpagesize
;
4373 adjust
= vma_page_aligned_bias (m
->sections
[0]->vma
, off
, align
);
4376 && !m
->includes_filehdr
4377 && !m
->includes_phdrs
4378 && (ufile_ptr
) off
>= align
)
4380 /* If the first section isn't loadable, the same holds for
4381 any other sections. Since the segment won't need file
4382 space, we can make p_offset overlap some prior segment.
4383 However, .tbss is special. If a segment starts with
4384 .tbss, we need to look at the next section to decide
4385 whether the segment has any loadable sections. */
4387 while ((m
->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0
4388 && (m
->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
4390 if ((m
->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0
4394 voff
= adjust
- align
;
4400 /* Make sure the .dynamic section is the first section in the
4401 PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4402 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
4404 && strcmp (m
->sections
[0]->name
, ".dynamic") != 0)
4407 (_("%B: The first section in the PT_DYNAMIC segment is not the .dynamic section"),
4409 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4417 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
4419 if (! m
->p_flags_valid
)
4422 p
->p_filesz
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4423 p
->p_memsz
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4426 BFD_ASSERT (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
);
4428 if (p
->p_vaddr
< (bfd_vma
) off
)
4430 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4431 (_("%B: Not enough room for program headers, try linking with -N"),
4433 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4438 if (! m
->p_paddr_valid
)
4443 if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
4445 if (! m
->p_flags_valid
)
4448 if (!m
->includes_filehdr
)
4450 p
->p_offset
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4454 BFD_ASSERT (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
);
4455 p
->p_vaddr
-= off
- p
->p_offset
;
4456 if (! m
->p_paddr_valid
)
4457 p
->p_paddr
-= off
- p
->p_offset
;
4461 p
->p_filesz
+= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4462 p
->p_memsz
+= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4465 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4466 || (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
))
4468 if (! m
->includes_filehdr
&& ! m
->includes_phdrs
)
4469 p
->p_offset
= off
+ voff
;
4474 adjust
= off
- (p
->p_offset
+ p
->p_filesz
);
4475 p
->p_filesz
+= adjust
;
4476 p
->p_memsz
+= adjust
;
4480 /* Set up p_filesz, p_memsz, p_align and p_flags from the section
4481 maps. Set filepos for sections in PT_LOAD segments, and in
4482 core files, for sections in PT_NOTE segments.
4483 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections will set filepos
4484 for other sections and update p_filesz for other segments. */
4485 for (i
= 0, secpp
= m
->sections
; i
< m
->count
; i
++, secpp
++)
4489 bfd_size_type align
;
4493 align
= (bfd_size_type
) 1 << bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd
, sec
);
4495 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4496 || p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
4498 bfd_signed_vma adjust
;
4500 if ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
4502 adjust
= sec
->lma
- (p
->p_paddr
+ p
->p_filesz
);
4505 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4506 (_("%B: section %A lma 0x%lx overlaps previous sections"),
4507 abfd
, sec
, (unsigned long) sec
->lma
);
4511 p
->p_filesz
+= adjust
;
4512 p
->p_memsz
+= adjust
;
4514 /* .tbss is special. It doesn't contribute to p_memsz of
4516 else if ((flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
4517 && ((flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0
4518 || p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
))
4520 /* The section VMA must equal the file position
4521 modulo the page size. */
4522 bfd_size_type page
= align
;
4523 if (page
< maxpagesize
)
4525 adjust
= vma_page_aligned_bias (sec
->vma
,
4526 p
->p_vaddr
+ p
->p_memsz
,
4528 p
->p_memsz
+= adjust
;
4532 if (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
4534 /* The section at i == 0 is the one that actually contains
4540 p
->p_filesz
= sec
->size
;
4546 /* The rest are fake sections that shouldn't be written. */
4555 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
4557 sec
->filepos
= off
+ voff
;
4558 /* FIXME: The SEC_HAS_CONTENTS test here dates back to
4559 1997, and the exact reason for it isn't clear. One
4560 plausible explanation is that it is to work around
4561 a problem we have with linker scripts using data
4562 statements in NOLOAD sections. I don't think it
4563 makes a great deal of sense to have such a section
4564 assigned to a PT_LOAD segment, but apparently
4565 people do this. The data statement results in a
4566 bfd_data_link_order being built, and these need
4567 section contents to write into. Eventually, we get
4568 to _bfd_elf_write_object_contents which writes any
4569 section with contents to the output. Make room
4570 here for the write, so that following segments are
4572 if ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4573 || (flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) != 0)
4577 if ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
4579 p
->p_filesz
+= sec
->size
;
4580 p
->p_memsz
+= sec
->size
;
4583 /* .tbss is special. It doesn't contribute to p_memsz of
4585 else if ((flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
4586 && ((flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0
4587 || p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
))
4588 p
->p_memsz
+= sec
->size
;
4590 if (p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
4592 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
4594 struct bfd_link_order
*o
= sec
->map_tail
.link_order
;
4596 p
->p_memsz
+= o
->offset
+ o
->size
;
4599 if (p
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
)
4601 else if (align
> p
->p_align
4602 && (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
4603 || (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0))
4607 if (! m
->p_flags_valid
)
4610 if ((flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
4612 if ((flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
4618 elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
= off
;
4622 /* Assign file positions for the other sections. */
4625 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (bfd
*abfd
,
4626 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
4628 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4629 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrpp
;
4630 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
;
4631 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdrs
;
4632 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
4633 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4634 bfd_vma filehdr_vaddr
, filehdr_paddr
;
4635 bfd_vma phdrs_vaddr
, phdrs_paddr
;
4637 unsigned int num_sec
;
4641 i_shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
4642 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
4643 off
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
;
4644 for (i
= 1, hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
4646 struct elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
4647 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
4650 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
4651 && (hdr
->bfd_section
->filepos
!= 0
4652 || (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
4653 && hdr
->contents
== NULL
)))
4654 hdr
->sh_offset
= hdr
->bfd_section
->filepos
;
4655 else if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
4657 ((*_bfd_error_handler
)
4658 (_("%B: warning: allocated section `%s' not in segment"),
4660 (hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
4662 : hdr
->bfd_section
->name
)));
4663 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0)
4664 off
+= vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr
->sh_addr
, off
,
4667 off
+= vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr
->sh_addr
, off
,
4669 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
,
4672 else if (((hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
4673 && hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
)
4674 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[tdata
->symtab_section
]
4675 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[tdata
->symtab_shndx_section
]
4676 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[tdata
->strtab_section
])
4677 hdr
->sh_offset
= -1;
4679 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
4681 if (i
== SHN_LORESERVE
- 1)
4683 i
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
4684 hdrpp
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
4688 /* Now that we have set the section file positions, we can set up
4689 the file positions for the non PT_LOAD segments. */
4693 phdrs_vaddr
= bed
->maxpagesize
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4695 phdrs
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
4696 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
, p
= phdrs
;
4701 if (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
4704 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
4706 filehdr_vaddr
= p
->p_vaddr
;
4707 filehdr_paddr
= p
->p_paddr
;
4709 if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
4711 phdrs_vaddr
= p
->p_vaddr
;
4712 phdrs_paddr
= p
->p_paddr
;
4713 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
4715 phdrs_vaddr
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4716 phdrs_paddr
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4721 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
, p
= phdrs
;
4727 if (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
4728 && (p
->p_type
!= PT_NOTE
|| bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
))
4730 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
4731 BFD_ASSERT (!m
->includes_filehdr
&& !m
->includes_phdrs
);
4733 hdr
= &elf_section_data (m
->sections
[m
->count
- 1])->this_hdr
;
4734 p
->p_filesz
= (m
->sections
[m
->count
- 1]->filepos
4735 - m
->sections
[0]->filepos
);
4736 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
4737 p
->p_filesz
+= hdr
->sh_size
;
4739 p
->p_offset
= m
->sections
[0]->filepos
;
4744 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
4746 p
->p_vaddr
= filehdr_vaddr
;
4747 if (! m
->p_paddr_valid
)
4748 p
->p_paddr
= filehdr_paddr
;
4750 else if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
4752 p
->p_vaddr
= phdrs_vaddr
;
4753 if (! m
->p_paddr_valid
)
4754 p
->p_paddr
= phdrs_paddr
;
4756 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
)
4758 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*lp
;
4760 for (lp
= phdrs
; lp
< phdrs
+ count
; ++lp
)
4762 if (lp
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4763 && lp
->p_vaddr
<= link_info
->relro_end
4764 && lp
->p_vaddr
>= link_info
->relro_start
4765 && (lp
->p_vaddr
+ lp
->p_filesz
4766 >= link_info
->relro_end
))
4770 if (lp
< phdrs
+ count
4771 && link_info
->relro_end
> lp
->p_vaddr
)
4773 p
->p_vaddr
= lp
->p_vaddr
;
4774 p
->p_paddr
= lp
->p_paddr
;
4775 p
->p_offset
= lp
->p_offset
;
4776 p
->p_filesz
= link_info
->relro_end
- lp
->p_vaddr
;
4777 p
->p_memsz
= p
->p_filesz
;
4779 p
->p_flags
= (lp
->p_flags
& ~PF_W
);
4783 memset (p
, 0, sizeof *p
);
4784 p
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
4790 elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
= off
;
4795 /* Work out the file positions of all the sections. This is called by
4796 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions. All the section sizes and
4797 VMAs must be known before this is called.
4799 Reloc sections come in two flavours: Those processed specially as
4800 "side-channel" data attached to a section to which they apply, and
4801 those that bfd doesn't process as relocations. The latter sort are
4802 stored in a normal bfd section by bfd_section_from_shdr. We don't
4803 consider the former sort here, unless they form part of the loadable
4804 image. Reloc sections not assigned here will be handled later by
4805 assign_file_positions_for_relocs.
4807 We also don't set the positions of the .symtab and .strtab here. */
4810 assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd
*abfd
,
4811 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
4813 struct elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
4814 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
4816 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4818 if ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) == 0
4819 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
)
4821 Elf_Internal_Shdr
** const i_shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
4822 unsigned int num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
4823 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
;
4826 /* Start after the ELF header. */
4827 off
= i_ehdrp
->e_ehsize
;
4829 /* We are not creating an executable, which means that we are
4830 not creating a program header, and that the actual order of
4831 the sections in the file is unimportant. */
4832 for (i
= 1, hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
4834 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
4837 if (((hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
4838 && hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
)
4839 || i
== tdata
->symtab_section
4840 || i
== tdata
->symtab_shndx_section
4841 || i
== tdata
->strtab_section
)
4843 hdr
->sh_offset
= -1;
4846 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
4848 if (i
== SHN_LORESERVE
- 1)
4850 i
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
4851 hdrpp
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
4859 /* Assign file positions for the loaded sections based on the
4860 assignment of sections to segments. */
4861 if (!assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (abfd
, link_info
))
4864 /* And for non-load sections. */
4865 if (!assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (abfd
, link_info
))
4868 if (bed
->elf_backend_modify_program_headers
!= NULL
)
4870 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_modify_program_headers
) (abfd
, link_info
))
4874 /* Write out the program headers. */
4875 alloc
= tdata
->program_header_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4876 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, (bfd_signed_vma
) bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
4877 || bed
->s
->write_out_phdrs (abfd
, tdata
->phdr
, alloc
) != 0)
4880 off
= tdata
->next_file_pos
;
4883 /* Place the section headers. */
4884 off
= align_file_position (off
, 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
);
4885 i_ehdrp
->e_shoff
= off
;
4886 off
+= i_ehdrp
->e_shnum
* i_ehdrp
->e_shentsize
;
4888 tdata
->next_file_pos
= off
;
4894 prep_headers (bfd
*abfd
)
4896 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
; /* Elf file header, internal form */
4897 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*i_phdrp
= 0; /* Program header table, internal form */
4898 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
; /* Section header table, internal form */
4899 struct elf_strtab_hash
*shstrtab
;
4900 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4902 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
4903 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
4905 shstrtab
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
4906 if (shstrtab
== NULL
)
4909 elf_shstrtab (abfd
) = shstrtab
;
4911 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG0
] = ELFMAG0
;
4912 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG1
] = ELFMAG1
;
4913 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG2
] = ELFMAG2
;
4914 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG3
] = ELFMAG3
;
4916 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] = bed
->s
->elfclass
;
4917 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_DATA
] =
4918 bfd_big_endian (abfd
) ? ELFDATA2MSB
: ELFDATA2LSB
;
4919 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_VERSION
] = bed
->s
->ev_current
;
4921 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
4922 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_DYN
;
4923 else if ((abfd
->flags
& EXEC_P
) != 0)
4924 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_EXEC
;
4925 else if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
4926 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_CORE
;
4928 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_REL
;
4930 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
4932 case bfd_arch_unknown
:
4933 i_ehdrp
->e_machine
= EM_NONE
;
4936 /* There used to be a long list of cases here, each one setting
4937 e_machine to the same EM_* macro #defined as ELF_MACHINE_CODE
4938 in the corresponding bfd definition. To avoid duplication,
4939 the switch was removed. Machines that need special handling
4940 can generally do it in elf_backend_final_write_processing(),
4941 unless they need the information earlier than the final write.
4942 Such need can generally be supplied by replacing the tests for
4943 e_machine with the conditions used to determine it. */
4945 i_ehdrp
->e_machine
= bed
->elf_machine_code
;
4948 i_ehdrp
->e_version
= bed
->s
->ev_current
;
4949 i_ehdrp
->e_ehsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4951 /* No program header, for now. */
4952 i_ehdrp
->e_phoff
= 0;
4953 i_ehdrp
->e_phentsize
= 0;
4954 i_ehdrp
->e_phnum
= 0;
4956 /* Each bfd section is section header entry. */
4957 i_ehdrp
->e_entry
= bfd_get_start_address (abfd
);
4958 i_ehdrp
->e_shentsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_shdr
;
4960 /* If we're building an executable, we'll need a program header table. */
4961 if (abfd
->flags
& EXEC_P
)
4962 /* It all happens later. */
4966 i_ehdrp
->e_phentsize
= 0;
4968 i_ehdrp
->e_phoff
= 0;
4971 elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
4972 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".symtab", FALSE
);
4973 elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
4974 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".strtab", FALSE
);
4975 elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
4976 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".shstrtab", FALSE
);
4977 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1
4978 || elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1
4979 || elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
4985 /* Assign file positions for all the reloc sections which are not part
4986 of the loadable file image. */
4989 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (bfd
*abfd
)
4992 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
4993 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**shdrpp
;
4995 off
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
;
4997 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
4998 for (i
= 1, shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
) + 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++, shdrpp
++)
5000 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdrp
;
5003 if ((shdrp
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| shdrp
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
5004 && shdrp
->sh_offset
== -1)
5005 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp
, off
, TRUE
);
5008 elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
= off
;
5012 _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (bfd
*abfd
)
5014 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5015 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
;
5016 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
5018 unsigned int count
, num_sec
;
5020 if (! abfd
->output_has_begun
5021 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, NULL
))
5024 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
5025 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
5028 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bed
->s
->write_relocs
, &failed
);
5032 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (abfd
);
5034 /* After writing the headers, we need to write the sections too... */
5035 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
5036 for (count
= 1; count
< num_sec
; count
++)
5038 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_processing
)
5039 (*bed
->elf_backend_section_processing
) (abfd
, i_shdrp
[count
]);
5040 if (i_shdrp
[count
]->contents
)
5042 bfd_size_type amt
= i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_size
;
5044 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
5045 || bfd_bwrite (i_shdrp
[count
]->contents
, amt
, abfd
) != amt
)
5048 if (count
== SHN_LORESERVE
- 1)
5049 count
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
5052 /* Write out the section header names. */
5053 if (elf_shstrtab (abfd
) != NULL
5054 && (bfd_seek (abfd
, elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
5055 || ! _bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd
, elf_shstrtab (abfd
))))
5058 if (bed
->elf_backend_final_write_processing
)
5059 (*bed
->elf_backend_final_write_processing
) (abfd
,
5060 elf_tdata (abfd
)->linker
);
5062 return bed
->s
->write_shdrs_and_ehdr (abfd
);
5066 _bfd_elf_write_corefile_contents (bfd
*abfd
)
5068 /* Hopefully this can be done just like an object file. */
5069 return _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (abfd
);
5072 /* Given a section, search the header to find them. */
5075 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_section
*asect
)
5077 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
5080 if (elf_section_data (asect
) != NULL
5081 && elf_section_data (asect
)->this_idx
!= 0)
5082 return elf_section_data (asect
)->this_idx
;
5084 if (bfd_is_abs_section (asect
))
5086 else if (bfd_is_com_section (asect
))
5088 else if (bfd_is_und_section (asect
))
5093 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5094 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section
)
5098 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section
) (abfd
, asect
, &retval
))
5103 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
5108 /* Given a BFD symbol, return the index in the ELF symbol table, or -1
5112 _bfd_elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**asym_ptr_ptr
)
5114 asymbol
*asym_ptr
= *asym_ptr_ptr
;
5116 flagword flags
= asym_ptr
->flags
;
5118 /* When gas creates relocations against local labels, it creates its
5119 own symbol for the section, but does put the symbol into the
5120 symbol chain, so udata is 0. When the linker is generating
5121 relocatable output, this section symbol may be for one of the
5122 input sections rather than the output section. */
5123 if (asym_ptr
->udata
.i
== 0
5124 && (flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
5125 && asym_ptr
->section
)
5130 sec
= asym_ptr
->section
;
5131 if (sec
->owner
!= abfd
&& sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
5132 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
5133 if (sec
->owner
== abfd
5134 && (indx
= sec
->index
) < elf_num_section_syms (abfd
)
5135 && elf_section_syms (abfd
)[indx
] != NULL
)
5136 asym_ptr
->udata
.i
= elf_section_syms (abfd
)[indx
]->udata
.i
;
5139 idx
= asym_ptr
->udata
.i
;
5143 /* This case can occur when using --strip-symbol on a symbol
5144 which is used in a relocation entry. */
5145 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5146 (_("%B: symbol `%s' required but not present"),
5147 abfd
, bfd_asymbol_name (asym_ptr
));
5148 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_symbols
);
5155 "elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol 0x%.8lx, name = %s, sym num = %d, flags = 0x%.8lx%s\n",
5156 (long) asym_ptr
, asym_ptr
->name
, idx
, flags
,
5157 elf_symbol_flags (flags
));
5165 /* Rewrite program header information. */
5168 rewrite_elf_program_header (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
5170 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*iehdr
;
5171 struct elf_segment_map
*map
;
5172 struct elf_segment_map
*map_first
;
5173 struct elf_segment_map
**pointer_to_map
;
5174 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
5177 unsigned int num_segments
;
5178 bfd_boolean phdr_included
= FALSE
;
5179 bfd_vma maxpagesize
;
5180 struct elf_segment_map
*phdr_adjust_seg
= NULL
;
5181 unsigned int phdr_adjust_num
= 0;
5182 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
5184 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
5185 iehdr
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
);
5188 pointer_to_map
= &map_first
;
5190 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
5191 maxpagesize
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
)->maxpagesize
;
5193 /* Returns the end address of the segment + 1. */
5194 #define SEGMENT_END(segment, start) \
5195 (start + (segment->p_memsz > segment->p_filesz \
5196 ? segment->p_memsz : segment->p_filesz))
5198 #define SECTION_SIZE(section, segment) \
5199 (((section->flags & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
5200 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL || segment->p_type == PT_TLS) \
5201 ? section->size : 0)
5203 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
5204 the given segment. VMA addresses are compared. */
5205 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA(section, segment) \
5206 (section->vma >= segment->p_vaddr \
5207 && (section->vma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
5208 <= (SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr))))
5210 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
5211 the given segment. LMA addresses are compared. */
5212 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA(section, segment, base) \
5213 (section->lma >= base \
5214 && (section->lma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
5215 <= SEGMENT_END (segment, base)))
5217 /* Special case: corefile "NOTE" section containing regs, prpsinfo etc. */
5218 #define IS_COREFILE_NOTE(p, s) \
5219 (p->p_type == PT_NOTE \
5220 && bfd_get_format (ibfd) == bfd_core \
5221 && s->vma == 0 && s->lma == 0 \
5222 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
5223 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
5224 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
5226 /* The complicated case when p_vaddr is 0 is to handle the Solaris
5227 linker, which generates a PT_INTERP section with p_vaddr and
5228 p_memsz set to 0. */
5229 #define IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP(p, s) \
5231 && p->p_paddr == 0 \
5232 && p->p_memsz == 0 \
5233 && p->p_filesz > 0 \
5234 && (s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0 \
5236 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
5237 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
5238 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
5240 /* Decide if the given section should be included in the given segment.
5241 A section will be included if:
5242 1. It is within the address space of the segment -- we use the LMA
5243 if that is set for the segment and the VMA otherwise,
5244 2. It is an allocated segment,
5245 3. There is an output section associated with it,
5246 4. The section has not already been allocated to a previous segment.
5247 5. PT_GNU_STACK segments do not include any sections.
5248 6. PT_TLS segment includes only SHF_TLS sections.
5249 7. SHF_TLS sections are only in PT_TLS or PT_LOAD segments.
5250 8. PT_DYNAMIC should not contain empty sections at the beginning
5251 (with the possible exception of .dynamic). */
5252 #define INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \
5253 ((((segment->p_paddr \
5254 ? IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (section, segment, segment->p_paddr) \
5255 : IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (section, segment)) \
5256 && (section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) \
5257 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section)) \
5258 && section->output_section != NULL \
5259 && segment->p_type != PT_GNU_STACK \
5260 && (segment->p_type != PT_TLS \
5261 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
5262 && (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD \
5263 || segment->p_type == PT_TLS \
5264 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0) \
5265 && (segment->p_type != PT_DYNAMIC \
5266 || SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) > 0 \
5267 || (segment->p_paddr \
5268 ? segment->p_paddr != section->lma \
5269 : segment->p_vaddr != section->vma) \
5270 || (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (ibfd, section), ".dynamic") \
5272 && ! section->segment_mark)
5274 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 starts after the end of seg2. */
5275 #define SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT(seg1, seg2, field) \
5276 (seg1->field >= SEGMENT_END (seg2, seg2->field))
5278 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 and seg2 overlap. Segments overlap iff both
5279 their VMA address ranges and their LMA address ranges overlap.
5280 It is possible to have overlapping VMA ranges without overlapping LMA
5281 ranges. RedBoot images for example can have both .data and .bss mapped
5282 to the same VMA range, but with the .data section mapped to a different
5284 #define SEGMENT_OVERLAPS(seg1, seg2) \
5285 ( !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_vaddr) \
5286 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_vaddr)) \
5287 && !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_paddr) \
5288 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_paddr)))
5290 /* Initialise the segment mark field. */
5291 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
; section
= section
->next
)
5292 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
5294 /* Scan through the segments specified in the program header
5295 of the input BFD. For this first scan we look for overlaps
5296 in the loadable segments. These can be created by weird
5297 parameters to objcopy. Also, fix some solaris weirdness. */
5298 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
5303 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment2
;
5305 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_INTERP
)
5306 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
; section
; section
= section
->next
)
5307 if (IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP (segment
, section
))
5309 /* Mininal change so that the normal section to segment
5310 assignment code will work. */
5311 segment
->p_vaddr
= section
->vma
;
5315 if (segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
5318 /* Determine if this segment overlaps any previous segments. */
5319 for (j
= 0, segment2
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
; j
< i
; j
++, segment2
++)
5321 bfd_signed_vma extra_length
;
5323 if (segment2
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
5324 || ! SEGMENT_OVERLAPS (segment
, segment2
))
5327 /* Merge the two segments together. */
5328 if (segment2
->p_vaddr
< segment
->p_vaddr
)
5330 /* Extend SEGMENT2 to include SEGMENT and then delete
5333 SEGMENT_END (segment
, segment
->p_vaddr
)
5334 - SEGMENT_END (segment2
, segment2
->p_vaddr
);
5336 if (extra_length
> 0)
5338 segment2
->p_memsz
+= extra_length
;
5339 segment2
->p_filesz
+= extra_length
;
5342 segment
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
5344 /* Since we have deleted P we must restart the outer loop. */
5346 segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
5351 /* Extend SEGMENT to include SEGMENT2 and then delete
5354 SEGMENT_END (segment2
, segment2
->p_vaddr
)
5355 - SEGMENT_END (segment
, segment
->p_vaddr
);
5357 if (extra_length
> 0)
5359 segment
->p_memsz
+= extra_length
;
5360 segment
->p_filesz
+= extra_length
;
5363 segment2
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
5368 /* The second scan attempts to assign sections to segments. */
5369 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
5373 unsigned int section_count
;
5374 asection
** sections
;
5375 asection
* output_section
;
5377 bfd_vma matching_lma
;
5378 bfd_vma suggested_lma
;
5382 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
5385 /* Compute how many sections might be placed into this segment. */
5386 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
, section_count
= 0;
5388 section
= section
->next
)
5389 if (INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (section
, segment
, bed
))
5392 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
5393 all of the sections we have selected. */
5394 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
5395 amt
+= ((bfd_size_type
) section_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
5396 map
= bfd_alloc (obfd
, amt
);
5400 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Default to
5401 using the physical address of the segment in the input BFD. */
5403 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
5404 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
5405 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5406 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_paddr
;
5407 map
->p_paddr_valid
= 1;
5409 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
5410 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
5411 map
->includes_filehdr
= (segment
->p_offset
== 0
5412 && segment
->p_filesz
>= iehdr
->e_ehsize
);
5414 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
5416 if (! phdr_included
|| segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
5418 map
->includes_phdrs
=
5419 (segment
->p_offset
<= (bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
5420 && (segment
->p_offset
+ segment
->p_filesz
5421 >= ((bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
5422 + iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
)));
5424 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& map
->includes_phdrs
)
5425 phdr_included
= TRUE
;
5428 if (section_count
== 0)
5430 /* Special segments, such as the PT_PHDR segment, may contain
5431 no sections, but ordinary, loadable segments should contain
5432 something. They are allowed by the ELF spec however, so only
5433 a warning is produced. */
5434 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
5435 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5436 (_("%B: warning: Empty loadable segment detected, is this intentional ?\n"),
5440 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
5441 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
5446 /* Now scan the sections in the input BFD again and attempt
5447 to add their corresponding output sections to the segment map.
5448 The problem here is how to handle an output section which has
5449 been moved (ie had its LMA changed). There are four possibilities:
5451 1. None of the sections have been moved.
5452 In this case we can continue to use the segment LMA from the
5455 2. All of the sections have been moved by the same amount.
5456 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
5457 of the first section.
5459 3. Some of the sections have been moved, others have not.
5460 In this case those sections which have not been moved can be
5461 placed in the current segment which will have to have its size,
5462 and possibly its LMA changed, and a new segment or segments will
5463 have to be created to contain the other sections.
5465 4. The sections have been moved, but not by the same amount.
5466 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
5467 of the first section and we will have to create a new segment
5468 or segments to contain the other sections.
5470 In order to save time, we allocate an array to hold the section
5471 pointers that we are interested in. As these sections get assigned
5472 to a segment, they are removed from this array. */
5474 /* Gcc 2.96 miscompiles this code on mips. Don't do casting here
5475 to work around this long long bug. */
5476 sections
= bfd_malloc2 (section_count
, sizeof (asection
*));
5477 if (sections
== NULL
)
5480 /* Step One: Scan for segment vs section LMA conflicts.
5481 Also add the sections to the section array allocated above.
5482 Also add the sections to the current segment. In the common
5483 case, where the sections have not been moved, this means that
5484 we have completely filled the segment, and there is nothing
5490 for (j
= 0, section
= ibfd
->sections
;
5492 section
= section
->next
)
5494 if (INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (section
, segment
, bed
))
5496 output_section
= section
->output_section
;
5498 sections
[j
++] = section
;
5500 /* The Solaris native linker always sets p_paddr to 0.
5501 We try to catch that case here, and set it to the
5502 correct value. Note - some backends require that
5503 p_paddr be left as zero. */
5504 if (segment
->p_paddr
== 0
5505 && segment
->p_vaddr
!= 0
5506 && (! bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
)
5508 && output_section
->lma
!= 0
5509 && (output_section
->vma
== (segment
->p_vaddr
5510 + (map
->includes_filehdr
5513 + (map
->includes_phdrs
5515 * iehdr
->e_phentsize
)
5517 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_vaddr
;
5519 /* Match up the physical address of the segment with the
5520 LMA address of the output section. */
5521 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section
, segment
, map
->p_paddr
)
5522 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment
, section
)
5523 || (bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
&&
5524 IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (output_section
, segment
))
5527 if (matching_lma
== 0)
5528 matching_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
5530 /* We assume that if the section fits within the segment
5531 then it does not overlap any other section within that
5533 map
->sections
[isec
++] = output_section
;
5535 else if (suggested_lma
== 0)
5536 suggested_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
5540 BFD_ASSERT (j
== section_count
);
5542 /* Step Two: Adjust the physical address of the current segment,
5544 if (isec
== section_count
)
5546 /* All of the sections fitted within the segment as currently
5547 specified. This is the default case. Add the segment to
5548 the list of built segments and carry on to process the next
5549 program header in the input BFD. */
5550 map
->count
= section_count
;
5551 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
5552 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
5559 if (matching_lma
!= 0)
5561 /* At least one section fits inside the current segment.
5562 Keep it, but modify its physical address to match the
5563 LMA of the first section that fitted. */
5564 map
->p_paddr
= matching_lma
;
5568 /* None of the sections fitted inside the current segment.
5569 Change the current segment's physical address to match
5570 the LMA of the first section. */
5571 map
->p_paddr
= suggested_lma
;
5574 /* Offset the segment physical address from the lma
5575 to allow for space taken up by elf headers. */
5576 if (map
->includes_filehdr
)
5577 map
->p_paddr
-= iehdr
->e_ehsize
;
5579 if (map
->includes_phdrs
)
5581 map
->p_paddr
-= iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
5583 /* iehdr->e_phnum is just an estimate of the number
5584 of program headers that we will need. Make a note
5585 here of the number we used and the segment we chose
5586 to hold these headers, so that we can adjust the
5587 offset when we know the correct value. */
5588 phdr_adjust_num
= iehdr
->e_phnum
;
5589 phdr_adjust_seg
= map
;
5593 /* Step Three: Loop over the sections again, this time assigning
5594 those that fit to the current segment and removing them from the
5595 sections array; but making sure not to leave large gaps. Once all
5596 possible sections have been assigned to the current segment it is
5597 added to the list of built segments and if sections still remain
5598 to be assigned, a new segment is constructed before repeating
5606 /* Fill the current segment with sections that fit. */
5607 for (j
= 0; j
< section_count
; j
++)
5609 section
= sections
[j
];
5611 if (section
== NULL
)
5614 output_section
= section
->output_section
;
5616 BFD_ASSERT (output_section
!= NULL
);
5618 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section
, segment
, map
->p_paddr
)
5619 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment
, section
))
5621 if (map
->count
== 0)
5623 /* If the first section in a segment does not start at
5624 the beginning of the segment, then something is
5626 if (output_section
->lma
!=
5628 + (map
->includes_filehdr
? iehdr
->e_ehsize
: 0)
5629 + (map
->includes_phdrs
5630 ? iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
5636 asection
* prev_sec
;
5638 prev_sec
= map
->sections
[map
->count
- 1];
5640 /* If the gap between the end of the previous section
5641 and the start of this section is more than
5642 maxpagesize then we need to start a new segment. */
5643 if ((BFD_ALIGN (prev_sec
->lma
+ prev_sec
->size
,
5645 < BFD_ALIGN (output_section
->lma
, maxpagesize
))
5646 || ((prev_sec
->lma
+ prev_sec
->size
)
5647 > output_section
->lma
))
5649 if (suggested_lma
== 0)
5650 suggested_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
5656 map
->sections
[map
->count
++] = output_section
;
5659 section
->segment_mark
= TRUE
;
5661 else if (suggested_lma
== 0)
5662 suggested_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
5665 BFD_ASSERT (map
->count
> 0);
5667 /* Add the current segment to the list of built segments. */
5668 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
5669 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
5671 if (isec
< section_count
)
5673 /* We still have not allocated all of the sections to
5674 segments. Create a new segment here, initialise it
5675 and carry on looping. */
5676 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
5677 amt
+= ((bfd_size_type
) section_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
5678 map
= bfd_alloc (obfd
, amt
);
5685 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Set the physical
5686 physical address to the LMA of the first section that has
5687 not yet been assigned. */
5689 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
5690 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
5691 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5692 map
->p_paddr
= suggested_lma
;
5693 map
->p_paddr_valid
= 1;
5694 map
->includes_filehdr
= 0;
5695 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
5698 while (isec
< section_count
);
5703 /* The Solaris linker creates program headers in which all the
5704 p_paddr fields are zero. When we try to objcopy or strip such a
5705 file, we get confused. Check for this case, and if we find it
5706 reset the p_paddr_valid fields. */
5707 for (map
= map_first
; map
!= NULL
; map
= map
->next
)
5708 if (map
->p_paddr
!= 0)
5711 for (map
= map_first
; map
!= NULL
; map
= map
->next
)
5712 map
->p_paddr_valid
= 0;
5714 elf_tdata (obfd
)->segment_map
= map_first
;
5716 /* If we had to estimate the number of program headers that were
5717 going to be needed, then check our estimate now and adjust
5718 the offset if necessary. */
5719 if (phdr_adjust_seg
!= NULL
)
5723 for (count
= 0, map
= map_first
; map
!= NULL
; map
= map
->next
)
5726 if (count
> phdr_adjust_num
)
5727 phdr_adjust_seg
->p_paddr
5728 -= (count
- phdr_adjust_num
) * iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
5733 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA
5734 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA
5735 #undef IS_COREFILE_NOTE
5736 #undef IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP
5737 #undef INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT
5738 #undef SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT
5739 #undef SEGMENT_OVERLAPS
5743 /* Copy ELF program header information. */
5746 copy_elf_program_header (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
5748 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*iehdr
;
5749 struct elf_segment_map
*map
;
5750 struct elf_segment_map
*map_first
;
5751 struct elf_segment_map
**pointer_to_map
;
5752 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
5754 unsigned int num_segments
;
5755 bfd_boolean phdr_included
= FALSE
;
5757 iehdr
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
);
5760 pointer_to_map
= &map_first
;
5762 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
5763 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
5768 unsigned int section_count
;
5770 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
5772 /* FIXME: Do we need to copy PT_NULL segment? */
5773 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
5776 /* Compute how many sections are in this segment. */
5777 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
, section_count
= 0;
5779 section
= section
->next
)
5781 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
5782 if (ELF_IS_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_FILE (this_hdr
, segment
))
5786 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
5787 all of the sections we have selected. */
5788 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
5789 if (section_count
!= 0)
5790 amt
+= ((bfd_size_type
) section_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
5791 map
= bfd_alloc (obfd
, amt
);
5795 /* Initialize the fields of the output segment map with the
5798 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
5799 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
5800 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5801 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_paddr
;
5802 map
->p_paddr_valid
= 1;
5803 map
->p_align
= segment
->p_align
;
5804 map
->p_align_valid
= 1;
5806 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
5807 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
5808 map
->includes_filehdr
= (segment
->p_offset
== 0
5809 && segment
->p_filesz
>= iehdr
->e_ehsize
);
5811 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
5812 if (! phdr_included
|| segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
5814 map
->includes_phdrs
=
5815 (segment
->p_offset
<= (bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
5816 && (segment
->p_offset
+ segment
->p_filesz
5817 >= ((bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
5818 + iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
)));
5820 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& map
->includes_phdrs
)
5821 phdr_included
= TRUE
;
5824 if (section_count
!= 0)
5826 unsigned int isec
= 0;
5828 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
;
5830 section
= section
->next
)
5832 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
5833 if (ELF_IS_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_FILE (this_hdr
, segment
))
5834 map
->sections
[isec
++] = section
->output_section
;
5838 map
->count
= section_count
;
5839 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
5840 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
5843 elf_tdata (obfd
)->segment_map
= map_first
;
5847 /* Copy private BFD data. This copies or rewrites ELF program header
5851 copy_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
5853 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
5854 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
5857 if (elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
== NULL
)
5860 if (ibfd
->xvec
== obfd
->xvec
)
5862 /* Check if any sections in the input BFD covered by ELF program
5863 header are changed. */
5864 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
5865 asection
*section
, *osec
;
5866 unsigned int i
, num_segments
;
5867 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
5869 /* Initialize the segment mark field. */
5870 for (section
= obfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
;
5871 section
= section
->next
)
5872 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
5874 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
5875 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
5879 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
;
5880 section
!= NULL
; section
= section
->next
)
5882 /* We mark the output section so that we know it comes
5883 from the input BFD. */
5884 osec
= section
->output_section
;
5886 osec
->segment_mark
= TRUE
;
5888 /* Check if this section is covered by the segment. */
5889 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
5890 if (ELF_IS_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_FILE (this_hdr
, segment
))
5892 /* FIXME: Check if its output section is changed or
5893 removed. What else do we need to check? */
5895 || section
->flags
!= osec
->flags
5896 || section
->lma
!= osec
->lma
5897 || section
->vma
!= osec
->vma
5898 || section
->size
!= osec
->size
5899 || section
->rawsize
!= osec
->rawsize
5900 || section
->alignment_power
!= osec
->alignment_power
)
5906 /* Check to see if any output section doesn't come from the
5908 for (section
= obfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
;
5909 section
= section
->next
)
5911 if (section
->segment_mark
== FALSE
)
5914 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
5917 return copy_elf_program_header (ibfd
, obfd
);
5921 return rewrite_elf_program_header (ibfd
, obfd
);
5924 /* Initialize private output section information from input section. */
5927 _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
5931 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
5934 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ihdr
, *ohdr
;
5935 bfd_boolean need_group
= link_info
== NULL
|| link_info
->relocatable
;
5937 if (ibfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
5938 || obfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
5941 /* Don't copy the output ELF section type from input if the
5942 output BFD section flags have been set to something different.
5943 elf_fake_sections will set ELF section type based on BFD
5945 if (osec
->flags
== isec
->flags
5946 || (osec
->flags
== 0 && elf_section_type (osec
) == SHT_NULL
))
5947 elf_section_type (osec
) = elf_section_type (isec
);
5949 /* Set things up for objcopy and relocatable link. The output
5950 SHT_GROUP section will have its elf_next_in_group pointing back
5951 to the input group members. Ignore linker created group section.
5952 See elfNN_ia64_object_p in elfxx-ia64.c. */
5955 if (elf_sec_group (isec
) == NULL
5956 || (elf_sec_group (isec
)->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
5958 if (elf_section_flags (isec
) & SHF_GROUP
)
5959 elf_section_flags (osec
) |= SHF_GROUP
;
5960 elf_next_in_group (osec
) = elf_next_in_group (isec
);
5961 elf_group_name (osec
) = elf_group_name (isec
);
5965 ihdr
= &elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
;
5967 /* We need to handle elf_linked_to_section for SHF_LINK_ORDER. We
5968 don't use the output section of the linked-to section since it
5969 may be NULL at this point. */
5970 if ((ihdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
5972 ohdr
= &elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
;
5973 ohdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_LINK_ORDER
;
5974 elf_linked_to_section (osec
) = elf_linked_to_section (isec
);
5977 osec
->use_rela_p
= isec
->use_rela_p
;
5982 /* Copy private section information. This copies over the entsize
5983 field, and sometimes the info field. */
5986 _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
5991 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ihdr
, *ohdr
;
5993 if (ibfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
5994 || obfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
5997 ihdr
= &elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
;
5998 ohdr
= &elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
;
6000 ohdr
->sh_entsize
= ihdr
->sh_entsize
;
6002 if (ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
6003 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
6004 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_verneed
6005 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_verdef
)
6006 ohdr
->sh_info
= ihdr
->sh_info
;
6008 return _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (ibfd
, isec
, obfd
, osec
,
6012 /* Copy private header information. */
6015 _bfd_elf_copy_private_header_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
6019 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
6020 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
6023 /* Copy over private BFD data if it has not already been copied.
6024 This must be done here, rather than in the copy_private_bfd_data
6025 entry point, because the latter is called after the section
6026 contents have been set, which means that the program headers have
6027 already been worked out. */
6028 if (elf_tdata (obfd
)->segment_map
== NULL
&& elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
!= NULL
)
6030 if (! copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd
, obfd
))
6034 /* _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data copied over the SHF_GROUP flag
6035 but this might be wrong if we deleted the group section. */
6036 for (isec
= ibfd
->sections
; isec
!= NULL
; isec
= isec
->next
)
6037 if (elf_section_type (isec
) == SHT_GROUP
6038 && isec
->output_section
== NULL
)
6040 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (isec
);
6041 asection
*s
= first
;
6044 if (s
->output_section
!= NULL
)
6046 elf_section_flags (s
->output_section
) &= ~SHF_GROUP
;
6047 elf_group_name (s
->output_section
) = NULL
;
6049 s
= elf_next_in_group (s
);
6058 /* Copy private symbol information. If this symbol is in a section
6059 which we did not map into a BFD section, try to map the section
6060 index correctly. We use special macro definitions for the mapped
6061 section indices; these definitions are interpreted by the
6062 swap_out_syms function. */
6064 #define MAP_ONESYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 1)
6065 #define MAP_DYNSYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 2)
6066 #define MAP_STRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 3)
6067 #define MAP_SHSTRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 4)
6068 #define MAP_SYM_SHNDX (SHN_HIOS + 5)
6071 _bfd_elf_copy_private_symbol_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
6076 elf_symbol_type
*isym
, *osym
;
6078 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
6079 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
6082 isym
= elf_symbol_from (ibfd
, isymarg
);
6083 osym
= elf_symbol_from (obfd
, osymarg
);
6087 && bfd_is_abs_section (isym
->symbol
.section
))
6091 shndx
= isym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
;
6092 if (shndx
== elf_onesymtab (ibfd
))
6093 shndx
= MAP_ONESYMTAB
;
6094 else if (shndx
== elf_dynsymtab (ibfd
))
6095 shndx
= MAP_DYNSYMTAB
;
6096 else if (shndx
== elf_tdata (ibfd
)->strtab_section
)
6098 else if (shndx
== elf_tdata (ibfd
)->shstrtab_section
)
6099 shndx
= MAP_SHSTRTAB
;
6100 else if (shndx
== elf_tdata (ibfd
)->symtab_shndx_section
)
6101 shndx
= MAP_SYM_SHNDX
;
6102 osym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
= shndx
;
6108 /* Swap out the symbols. */
6111 swap_out_syms (bfd
*abfd
,
6112 struct bfd_strtab_hash
**sttp
,
6115 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6118 struct bfd_strtab_hash
*stt
;
6119 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
6120 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_shndx_hdr
;
6121 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symstrtab_hdr
;
6122 bfd_byte
*outbound_syms
;
6123 bfd_byte
*outbound_shndx
;
6126 bfd_boolean name_local_sections
;
6128 if (!elf_map_symbols (abfd
))
6131 /* Dump out the symtabs. */
6132 stt
= _bfd_elf_stringtab_init ();
6136 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6137 symcount
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
6138 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
6139 symtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB
;
6140 symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6141 symtab_hdr
->sh_size
= symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
* (symcount
+ 1);
6142 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
= elf_num_locals (abfd
) + 1;
6143 symtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
6145 symstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
6146 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
6148 outbound_syms
= bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, 1 + symcount
, bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
);
6149 if (outbound_syms
== NULL
)
6151 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt
);
6154 symtab_hdr
->contents
= outbound_syms
;
6156 outbound_shndx
= NULL
;
6157 symtab_shndx_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
6158 if (symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_name
!= 0)
6160 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) (1 + symcount
) * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
6161 outbound_shndx
= bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, 1 + symcount
,
6162 sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
));
6163 if (outbound_shndx
== NULL
)
6165 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt
);
6169 symtab_shndx_hdr
->contents
= outbound_shndx
;
6170 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
;
6171 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_size
= amt
;
6172 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_addralign
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
6173 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
6176 /* Now generate the data (for "contents"). */
6178 /* Fill in zeroth symbol and swap it out. */
6179 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
6185 sym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
6186 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &sym
, outbound_syms
, outbound_shndx
);
6187 outbound_syms
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6188 if (outbound_shndx
!= NULL
)
6189 outbound_shndx
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
6193 = (bed
->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols
6194 && bed
->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols (abfd
));
6196 syms
= bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd
);
6197 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
6199 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
6200 bfd_vma value
= syms
[idx
]->value
;
6201 elf_symbol_type
*type_ptr
;
6202 flagword flags
= syms
[idx
]->flags
;
6205 if (!name_local_sections
6206 && (flags
& (BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_GLOBAL
)) == BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
6208 /* Local section symbols have no name. */
6213 sym
.st_name
= (unsigned long) _bfd_stringtab_add (stt
,
6216 if (sym
.st_name
== (unsigned long) -1)
6218 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt
);
6223 type_ptr
= elf_symbol_from (abfd
, syms
[idx
]);
6225 if ((flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0
6226 && bfd_is_com_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
6228 /* ELF common symbols put the alignment into the `value' field,
6229 and the size into the `size' field. This is backwards from
6230 how BFD handles it, so reverse it here. */
6231 sym
.st_size
= value
;
6232 if (type_ptr
== NULL
6233 || type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
== 0)
6234 sym
.st_value
= value
>= 16 ? 16 : (1 << bfd_log2 (value
));
6236 sym
.st_value
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
;
6237 sym
.st_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section
6238 (abfd
, syms
[idx
]->section
);
6242 asection
*sec
= syms
[idx
]->section
;
6245 if (sec
->output_section
)
6247 value
+= sec
->output_offset
;
6248 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
6251 /* Don't add in the section vma for relocatable output. */
6252 if (! relocatable_p
)
6254 sym
.st_value
= value
;
6255 sym
.st_size
= type_ptr
? type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
: 0;
6257 if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec
)
6259 && type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0)
6261 /* This symbol is in a real ELF section which we did
6262 not create as a BFD section. Undo the mapping done
6263 by copy_private_symbol_data. */
6264 shndx
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
;
6268 shndx
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
6271 shndx
= elf_dynsymtab (abfd
);
6274 shndx
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_section
;
6277 shndx
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_section
;
6280 shndx
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_section
;
6288 shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec
);
6294 /* Writing this would be a hell of a lot easier if
6295 we had some decent documentation on bfd, and
6296 knew what to expect of the library, and what to
6297 demand of applications. For example, it
6298 appears that `objcopy' might not set the
6299 section of a symbol to be a section that is
6300 actually in the output file. */
6301 sec2
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, sec
->name
);
6304 _bfd_error_handler (_("\
6305 Unable to find equivalent output section for symbol '%s' from section '%s'"),
6306 syms
[idx
]->name
? syms
[idx
]->name
: "<Local sym>",
6308 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
6309 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt
);
6313 shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec2
);
6314 BFD_ASSERT (shndx
!= -1);
6318 sym
.st_shndx
= shndx
;
6321 if ((flags
& BSF_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
6323 else if ((flags
& BSF_FUNCTION
) != 0)
6325 else if ((flags
& BSF_OBJECT
) != 0)
6330 if (syms
[idx
]->section
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
6333 /* Processor-specific types. */
6334 if (type_ptr
!= NULL
6335 && bed
->elf_backend_get_symbol_type
)
6336 type
= ((*bed
->elf_backend_get_symbol_type
)
6337 (&type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
, type
));
6339 if (flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
6341 if (flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
)
6342 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
6344 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_SECTION
);
6346 else if (bfd_is_com_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
6347 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, type
);
6348 else if (bfd_is_und_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
6349 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (((flags
& BSF_WEAK
)
6353 else if (flags
& BSF_FILE
)
6354 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_FILE
);
6357 int bind
= STB_LOCAL
;
6359 if (flags
& BSF_LOCAL
)
6361 else if (flags
& BSF_WEAK
)
6363 else if (flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
)
6366 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (bind
, type
);
6369 if (type_ptr
!= NULL
)
6370 sym
.st_other
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
;
6374 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &sym
, outbound_syms
, outbound_shndx
);
6375 outbound_syms
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6376 if (outbound_shndx
!= NULL
)
6377 outbound_shndx
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
6381 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_size
= _bfd_stringtab_size (stt
);
6382 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
6384 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= 0;
6385 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
6386 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
6387 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
6388 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
6389 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
6394 /* Return the number of bytes required to hold the symtab vector.
6396 Note that we base it on the count plus 1, since we will null terminate
6397 the vector allocated based on this size. However, the ELF symbol table
6398 always has a dummy entry as symbol #0, so it ends up even. */
6401 _bfd_elf_get_symtab_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
6405 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
6407 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6408 symtab_size
= (symcount
+ 1) * (sizeof (asymbol
*));
6410 symtab_size
-= sizeof (asymbol
*);
6416 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
6420 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
6422 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
6424 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
6428 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6429 symtab_size
= (symcount
+ 1) * (sizeof (asymbol
*));
6431 symtab_size
-= sizeof (asymbol
*);
6437 _bfd_elf_get_reloc_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
6440 return (asect
->reloc_count
+ 1) * sizeof (arelent
*);
6443 /* Canonicalize the relocs. */
6446 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
6453 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6455 if (! bed
->s
->slurp_reloc_table (abfd
, section
, symbols
, FALSE
))
6458 tblptr
= section
->relocation
;
6459 for (i
= 0; i
< section
->reloc_count
; i
++)
6460 *relptr
++ = tblptr
++;
6464 return section
->reloc_count
;
6468 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_symtab (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**allocation
)
6470 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6471 long symcount
= bed
->s
->slurp_symbol_table (abfd
, allocation
, FALSE
);
6474 bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) = symcount
;
6479 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
6480 asymbol
**allocation
)
6482 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6483 long symcount
= bed
->s
->slurp_symbol_table (abfd
, allocation
, TRUE
);
6486 bfd_get_dynamic_symcount (abfd
) = symcount
;
6490 /* Return the size required for the dynamic reloc entries. Any loadable
6491 section that was actually installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL
6492 or SHT_RELA, and uses the dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a
6493 dynamic reloc section. */
6496 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
6501 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
6503 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
6507 ret
= sizeof (arelent
*);
6508 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
6509 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
6510 && elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
== elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
6511 && (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
6512 || elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_RELA
))
6513 ret
+= ((s
->size
/ elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
)
6514 * sizeof (arelent
*));
6519 /* Canonicalize the dynamic relocation entries. Note that we return the
6520 dynamic relocations as a single block, although they are actually
6521 associated with particular sections; the interface, which was
6522 designed for SunOS style shared libraries, expects that there is only
6523 one set of dynamic relocs. Any loadable section that was actually
6524 installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL or SHT_RELA, and uses the
6525 dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a dynamic reloc section. */
6528 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
6532 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
6536 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
6538 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
6542 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
6544 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
6546 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
6547 && elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
== elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
6548 && (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
6549 || elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_RELA
))
6554 if (! (*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, s
, syms
, TRUE
))
6556 count
= s
->size
/ elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
6558 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
6569 /* Read in the version information. */
6572 _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_boolean default_imported_symver
)
6574 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
6575 unsigned int freeidx
= 0;
6577 if (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0)
6579 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
6580 Elf_External_Verneed
*everneed
;
6581 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*iverneed
;
6583 bfd_byte
*contents_end
;
6585 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverref_hdr
;
6587 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
= bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
,
6588 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verneed
));
6589 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
== NULL
)
6592 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
= hdr
->sh_info
;
6594 contents
= bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
6595 if (contents
== NULL
)
6597 error_return_verref
:
6598 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
= NULL
;
6599 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
= 0;
6602 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
6603 || bfd_bread (contents
, hdr
->sh_size
, abfd
) != hdr
->sh_size
)
6604 goto error_return_verref
;
6606 if (hdr
->sh_info
&& hdr
->sh_size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
))
6607 goto error_return_verref
;
6609 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
)
6610 == sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
));
6611 contents_end
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
- sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
6612 everneed
= (Elf_External_Verneed
*) contents
;
6613 iverneed
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
6614 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; i
++, iverneed
++)
6616 Elf_External_Vernaux
*evernaux
;
6617 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*ivernaux
;
6620 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (abfd
, everneed
, iverneed
);
6622 iverneed
->vn_bfd
= abfd
;
6624 iverneed
->vn_filename
=
6625 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
6627 if (iverneed
->vn_filename
== NULL
)
6628 goto error_return_verref
;
6630 if (iverneed
->vn_cnt
== 0)
6631 iverneed
->vn_auxptr
= NULL
;
6634 iverneed
->vn_auxptr
= bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, iverneed
->vn_cnt
,
6635 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Vernaux
));
6636 if (iverneed
->vn_auxptr
== NULL
)
6637 goto error_return_verref
;
6640 if (iverneed
->vn_aux
6641 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) everneed
))
6642 goto error_return_verref
;
6644 evernaux
= ((Elf_External_Vernaux
*)
6645 ((bfd_byte
*) everneed
+ iverneed
->vn_aux
));
6646 ivernaux
= iverneed
->vn_auxptr
;
6647 for (j
= 0; j
< iverneed
->vn_cnt
; j
++, ivernaux
++)
6649 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (abfd
, evernaux
, ivernaux
);
6651 ivernaux
->vna_nodename
=
6652 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
6653 ivernaux
->vna_name
);
6654 if (ivernaux
->vna_nodename
== NULL
)
6655 goto error_return_verref
;
6657 if (j
+ 1 < iverneed
->vn_cnt
)
6658 ivernaux
->vna_nextptr
= ivernaux
+ 1;
6660 ivernaux
->vna_nextptr
= NULL
;
6662 if (ivernaux
->vna_next
6663 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) evernaux
))
6664 goto error_return_verref
;
6666 evernaux
= ((Elf_External_Vernaux
*)
6667 ((bfd_byte
*) evernaux
+ ivernaux
->vna_next
));
6669 if (ivernaux
->vna_other
> freeidx
)
6670 freeidx
= ivernaux
->vna_other
;
6673 if (i
+ 1 < hdr
->sh_info
)
6674 iverneed
->vn_nextref
= iverneed
+ 1;
6676 iverneed
->vn_nextref
= NULL
;
6678 if (iverneed
->vn_next
6679 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) everneed
))
6680 goto error_return_verref
;
6682 everneed
= ((Elf_External_Verneed
*)
6683 ((bfd_byte
*) everneed
+ iverneed
->vn_next
));
6690 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0)
6692 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
6693 Elf_External_Verdef
*everdef
;
6694 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdef
;
6695 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdefarr
;
6696 Elf_Internal_Verdef iverdefmem
;
6698 unsigned int maxidx
;
6699 bfd_byte
*contents_end_def
, *contents_end_aux
;
6701 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverdef_hdr
;
6703 contents
= bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
6704 if (contents
== NULL
)
6706 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
6707 || bfd_bread (contents
, hdr
->sh_size
, abfd
) != hdr
->sh_size
)
6710 if (hdr
->sh_info
&& hdr
->sh_size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
))
6713 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
6714 >= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
6715 contents_end_def
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
6716 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6717 contents_end_aux
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
6718 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6720 /* We know the number of entries in the section but not the maximum
6721 index. Therefore we have to run through all entries and find
6723 everdef
= (Elf_External_Verdef
*) contents
;
6725 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; ++i
)
6727 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd
, everdef
, &iverdefmem
);
6729 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
)) > maxidx
)
6730 maxidx
= iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
);
6732 if (iverdefmem
.vd_next
6733 > (size_t) (contents_end_def
- (bfd_byte
*) everdef
))
6736 everdef
= ((Elf_External_Verdef
*)
6737 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdefmem
.vd_next
));
6740 if (default_imported_symver
)
6742 if (freeidx
> maxidx
)
6747 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, maxidx
,
6748 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
));
6749 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
6752 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= maxidx
;
6754 everdef
= (Elf_External_Verdef
*) contents
;
6755 iverdefarr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
;
6756 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; i
++)
6758 Elf_External_Verdaux
*everdaux
;
6759 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*iverdaux
;
6762 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd
, everdef
, &iverdefmem
);
6764 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& VERSYM_VERSION
) == 0)
6766 error_return_verdef
:
6767 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= NULL
;
6768 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= 0;
6772 iverdef
= &iverdefarr
[(iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& VERSYM_VERSION
) - 1];
6773 memcpy (iverdef
, &iverdefmem
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
));
6775 iverdef
->vd_bfd
= abfd
;
6777 if (iverdef
->vd_cnt
== 0)
6778 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= NULL
;
6781 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, iverdef
->vd_cnt
,
6782 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux
));
6783 if (iverdef
->vd_auxptr
== NULL
)
6784 goto error_return_verdef
;
6788 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux
- (bfd_byte
*) everdef
))
6789 goto error_return_verdef
;
6791 everdaux
= ((Elf_External_Verdaux
*)
6792 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdef
->vd_aux
));
6793 iverdaux
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
;
6794 for (j
= 0; j
< iverdef
->vd_cnt
; j
++, iverdaux
++)
6796 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (abfd
, everdaux
, iverdaux
);
6798 iverdaux
->vda_nodename
=
6799 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
6800 iverdaux
->vda_name
);
6801 if (iverdaux
->vda_nodename
== NULL
)
6802 goto error_return_verdef
;
6804 if (j
+ 1 < iverdef
->vd_cnt
)
6805 iverdaux
->vda_nextptr
= iverdaux
+ 1;
6807 iverdaux
->vda_nextptr
= NULL
;
6809 if (iverdaux
->vda_next
6810 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux
- (bfd_byte
*) everdaux
))
6811 goto error_return_verdef
;
6813 everdaux
= ((Elf_External_Verdaux
*)
6814 ((bfd_byte
*) everdaux
+ iverdaux
->vda_next
));
6817 if (iverdef
->vd_cnt
)
6818 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nodename
;
6820 if ((size_t) (iverdef
- iverdefarr
) + 1 < maxidx
)
6821 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= iverdef
+ 1;
6823 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= NULL
;
6825 everdef
= ((Elf_External_Verdef
*)
6826 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdef
->vd_next
));
6832 else if (default_imported_symver
)
6839 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, freeidx
,
6840 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
));
6841 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
6844 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= freeidx
;
6847 /* Create a default version based on the soname. */
6848 if (default_imported_symver
)
6850 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdef
;
6851 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*iverdaux
;
6853 iverdef
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[freeidx
- 1];;
6855 iverdef
->vd_version
= VER_DEF_CURRENT
;
6856 iverdef
->vd_flags
= 0;
6857 iverdef
->vd_ndx
= freeidx
;
6858 iverdef
->vd_cnt
= 1;
6860 iverdef
->vd_bfd
= abfd
;
6862 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (abfd
);
6863 if (iverdef
->vd_nodename
== NULL
)
6864 goto error_return_verdef
;
6865 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= NULL
;
6866 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux
));
6867 if (iverdef
->vd_auxptr
== NULL
)
6868 goto error_return_verdef
;
6870 iverdaux
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
;
6871 iverdaux
->vda_nodename
= iverdef
->vd_nodename
;
6872 iverdaux
->vda_nextptr
= NULL
;
6878 if (contents
!= NULL
)
6884 _bfd_elf_make_empty_symbol (bfd
*abfd
)
6886 elf_symbol_type
*newsym
;
6887 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (elf_symbol_type
);
6889 newsym
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
6894 newsym
->symbol
.the_bfd
= abfd
;
6895 return &newsym
->symbol
;
6900 _bfd_elf_get_symbol_info (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
6904 bfd_symbol_info (symbol
, ret
);
6907 /* Return whether a symbol name implies a local symbol. Most targets
6908 use this function for the is_local_label_name entry point, but some
6912 _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
6915 /* Normal local symbols start with ``.L''. */
6916 if (name
[0] == '.' && name
[1] == 'L')
6919 /* At least some SVR4 compilers (e.g., UnixWare 2.1 cc) generate
6920 DWARF debugging symbols starting with ``..''. */
6921 if (name
[0] == '.' && name
[1] == '.')
6924 /* gcc will sometimes generate symbols beginning with ``_.L_'' when
6925 emitting DWARF debugging output. I suspect this is actually a
6926 small bug in gcc (it calls ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL when it should call
6927 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL, and this causes the leading
6928 underscore to be emitted on some ELF targets). For ease of use,
6929 we treat such symbols as local. */
6930 if (name
[0] == '_' && name
[1] == '.' && name
[2] == 'L' && name
[3] == '_')
6937 _bfd_elf_get_lineno (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
6938 asymbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
6945 _bfd_elf_set_arch_mach (bfd
*abfd
,
6946 enum bfd_architecture arch
,
6947 unsigned long machine
)
6949 /* If this isn't the right architecture for this backend, and this
6950 isn't the generic backend, fail. */
6951 if (arch
!= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->arch
6952 && arch
!= bfd_arch_unknown
6953 && get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->arch
!= bfd_arch_unknown
)
6956 return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd
, arch
, machine
);
6959 /* Find the function to a particular section and offset,
6960 for error reporting. */
6963 elf_find_function (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
6967 const char **filename_ptr
,
6968 const char **functionname_ptr
)
6970 const char *filename
;
6971 asymbol
*func
, *file
;
6974 /* ??? Given multiple file symbols, it is impossible to reliably
6975 choose the right file name for global symbols. File symbols are
6976 local symbols, and thus all file symbols must sort before any
6977 global symbols. The ELF spec may be interpreted to say that a
6978 file symbol must sort before other local symbols, but currently
6979 ld -r doesn't do this. So, for ld -r output, it is possible to
6980 make a better choice of file name for local symbols by ignoring
6981 file symbols appearing after a given local symbol. */
6982 enum { nothing_seen
, symbol_seen
, file_after_symbol_seen
} state
;
6988 state
= nothing_seen
;
6990 for (p
= symbols
; *p
!= NULL
; p
++)
6994 q
= (elf_symbol_type
*) *p
;
6996 switch (ELF_ST_TYPE (q
->internal_elf_sym
.st_info
))
7002 if (state
== symbol_seen
)
7003 state
= file_after_symbol_seen
;
7007 if (bfd_get_section (&q
->symbol
) == section
7008 && q
->symbol
.value
>= low_func
7009 && q
->symbol
.value
<= offset
)
7011 func
= (asymbol
*) q
;
7012 low_func
= q
->symbol
.value
;
7015 && (ELF_ST_BIND (q
->internal_elf_sym
.st_info
) == STB_LOCAL
7016 || state
!= file_after_symbol_seen
))
7017 filename
= bfd_asymbol_name (file
);
7021 if (state
== nothing_seen
)
7022 state
= symbol_seen
;
7029 *filename_ptr
= filename
;
7030 if (functionname_ptr
)
7031 *functionname_ptr
= bfd_asymbol_name (func
);
7036 /* Find the nearest line to a particular section and offset,
7037 for error reporting. */
7040 _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd
*abfd
,
7044 const char **filename_ptr
,
7045 const char **functionname_ptr
,
7046 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
7050 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
7051 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
7054 if (!*functionname_ptr
)
7055 elf_find_function (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
7056 *filename_ptr
? NULL
: filename_ptr
,
7062 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
7063 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
7065 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
))
7067 if (!*functionname_ptr
)
7068 elf_find_function (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
7069 *filename_ptr
? NULL
: filename_ptr
,
7075 if (! _bfd_stab_section_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
7076 &found
, filename_ptr
,
7077 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
7078 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->line_info
))
7080 if (found
&& (*functionname_ptr
|| *line_ptr
))
7083 if (symbols
== NULL
)
7086 if (! elf_find_function (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
7087 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
))
7094 /* Find the line for a symbol. */
7097 _bfd_elf_find_line (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**symbols
, asymbol
*symbol
,
7098 const char **filename_ptr
, unsigned int *line_ptr
)
7100 return _bfd_dwarf2_find_line (abfd
, symbols
, symbol
,
7101 filename_ptr
, line_ptr
, 0,
7102 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
7105 /* After a call to bfd_find_nearest_line, successive calls to
7106 bfd_find_inliner_info can be used to get source information about
7107 each level of function inlining that terminated at the address
7108 passed to bfd_find_nearest_line. Currently this is only supported
7109 for DWARF2 with appropriate DWARF3 extensions. */
7112 _bfd_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd
*abfd
,
7113 const char **filename_ptr
,
7114 const char **functionname_ptr
,
7115 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
7118 found
= _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd
, filename_ptr
,
7119 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
7120 & elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
7125 _bfd_elf_sizeof_headers (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7127 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7128 int ret
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
7130 if (!info
->relocatable
)
7132 bfd_size_type phdr_size
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
;
7134 if (phdr_size
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
7136 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
7139 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
7140 phdr_size
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
7143 phdr_size
= get_program_header_size (abfd
, info
);
7146 elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
= phdr_size
;
7154 _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (bfd
*abfd
,
7156 const void *location
,
7158 bfd_size_type count
)
7160 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
7163 if (! abfd
->output_has_begun
7164 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, NULL
))
7167 hdr
= &elf_section_data (section
)->this_hdr
;
7168 pos
= hdr
->sh_offset
+ offset
;
7169 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
7170 || bfd_bwrite (location
, count
, abfd
) != count
)
7177 _bfd_elf_no_info_to_howto (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7178 arelent
*cache_ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7179 Elf_Internal_Rela
*dst ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
7184 /* Try to convert a non-ELF reloc into an ELF one. */
7187 _bfd_elf_validate_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*areloc
)
7189 /* Check whether we really have an ELF howto. */
7191 if ((*areloc
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->the_bfd
->xvec
!= abfd
->xvec
)
7193 bfd_reloc_code_real_type code
;
7194 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
7196 /* Alien reloc: Try to determine its type to replace it with an
7197 equivalent ELF reloc. */
7199 if (areloc
->howto
->pc_relative
)
7201 switch (areloc
->howto
->bitsize
)
7204 code
= BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL
;
7207 code
= BFD_RELOC_12_PCREL
;
7210 code
= BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL
;
7213 code
= BFD_RELOC_24_PCREL
;
7216 code
= BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL
;
7219 code
= BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL
;
7225 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd
, code
);
7227 if (areloc
->howto
->pcrel_offset
!= howto
->pcrel_offset
)
7229 if (howto
->pcrel_offset
)
7230 areloc
->addend
+= areloc
->address
;
7232 areloc
->addend
-= areloc
->address
; /* addend is unsigned!! */
7237 switch (areloc
->howto
->bitsize
)
7243 code
= BFD_RELOC_14
;
7246 code
= BFD_RELOC_16
;
7249 code
= BFD_RELOC_26
;
7252 code
= BFD_RELOC_32
;
7255 code
= BFD_RELOC_64
;
7261 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd
, code
);
7265 areloc
->howto
= howto
;
7273 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
7274 (_("%B: unsupported relocation type %s"),
7275 abfd
, areloc
->howto
->name
);
7276 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
7281 _bfd_elf_close_and_cleanup (bfd
*abfd
)
7283 if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
7285 if (elf_tdata (abfd
) != NULL
&& elf_shstrtab (abfd
) != NULL
)
7286 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
7287 _bfd_dwarf2_cleanup_debug_info (abfd
);
7290 return _bfd_generic_close_and_cleanup (abfd
);
7293 /* For Rel targets, we encode meaningful data for BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY
7294 in the relocation's offset. Thus we cannot allow any sort of sanity
7295 range-checking to interfere. There is nothing else to do in processing
7298 bfd_reloc_status_type
7299 _bfd_elf_rel_vtable_reloc_fn
7300 (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*re ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7301 struct bfd_symbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7302 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, asection
*is ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7303 bfd
*obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, char **errmsg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
7305 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
7308 /* Elf core file support. Much of this only works on native
7309 toolchains, since we rely on knowing the
7310 machine-dependent procfs structure in order to pick
7311 out details about the corefile. */
7313 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_PROCFS_H
7314 # include <sys/procfs.h>
7317 /* FIXME: this is kinda wrong, but it's what gdb wants. */
7320 elfcore_make_pid (bfd
*abfd
)
7322 return ((elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
<< 16)
7323 + (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
));
7326 /* If there isn't a section called NAME, make one, using
7327 data from SECT. Note, this function will generate a
7328 reference to NAME, so you shouldn't deallocate or
7332 elfcore_maybe_make_sect (bfd
*abfd
, char *name
, asection
*sect
)
7336 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
) != NULL
)
7339 sect2
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, name
, sect
->flags
);
7343 sect2
->size
= sect
->size
;
7344 sect2
->filepos
= sect
->filepos
;
7345 sect2
->alignment_power
= sect
->alignment_power
;
7349 /* Create a pseudosection containing SIZE bytes at FILEPOS. This
7350 actually creates up to two pseudosections:
7351 - For the single-threaded case, a section named NAME, unless
7352 such a section already exists.
7353 - For the multi-threaded case, a section named "NAME/PID", where
7354 PID is elfcore_make_pid (abfd).
7355 Both pseudosections have identical contents. */
7357 _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (bfd
*abfd
,
7363 char *threaded_name
;
7367 /* Build the section name. */
7369 sprintf (buf
, "%s/%d", name
, elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
7370 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
7371 threaded_name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
7372 if (threaded_name
== NULL
)
7374 memcpy (threaded_name
, buf
, len
);
7376 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, threaded_name
,
7381 sect
->filepos
= filepos
;
7382 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
7384 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, name
, sect
);
7387 /* prstatus_t exists on:
7389 linux 2.[01] + glibc
7393 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
7396 elfcore_grok_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7401 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (prstatus_t
))
7405 size
= sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
);
7406 offset
= offsetof (prstatus_t
, pr_reg
);
7407 memcpy (&prstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (prstat
));
7409 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
7410 has already been set by another thread. */
7411 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
== 0)
7412 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
= prstat
.pr_cursig
;
7413 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
7415 /* pr_who exists on:
7418 pr_who doesn't exist on:
7421 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T_PR_WHO)
7422 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
= prstat
.pr_who
;
7425 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
7426 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (prstatus32_t
))
7428 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
7429 prstatus32_t prstat
;
7431 size
= sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
);
7432 offset
= offsetof (prstatus32_t
, pr_reg
);
7433 memcpy (&prstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (prstat
));
7435 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
7436 has already been set by another thread. */
7437 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
== 0)
7438 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
= prstat
.pr_cursig
;
7439 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
7441 /* pr_who exists on:
7444 pr_who doesn't exist on:
7447 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T_PR_WHO)
7448 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
= prstat
.pr_who
;
7451 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T */
7454 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
7455 note size (ie. data object type). */
7459 /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section. */
7460 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg",
7461 size
, note
->descpos
+ offset
);
7463 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) */
7465 /* Create a pseudosection containing the exact contents of NOTE. */
7467 elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (bfd
*abfd
,
7469 Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7471 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, name
,
7472 note
->descsz
, note
->descpos
);
7475 /* There isn't a consistent prfpregset_t across platforms,
7476 but it doesn't matter, because we don't have to pick this
7477 data structure apart. */
7480 elfcore_grok_prfpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7482 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
7485 /* Linux dumps the Intel SSE regs in a note named "LINUX" with a note
7486 type of 5 (NT_PRXFPREG). Just include the whole note's contents
7490 elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7492 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xfp", note
);
7495 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T)
7496 typedef prpsinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t
;
7497 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
7498 typedef prpsinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t
;
7502 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
7503 typedef psinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t
;
7504 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
7505 typedef psinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t
;
7509 /* return a malloc'ed copy of a string at START which is at
7510 most MAX bytes long, possibly without a terminating '\0'.
7511 the copy will always have a terminating '\0'. */
7514 _bfd_elfcore_strndup (bfd
*abfd
, char *start
, size_t max
)
7517 char *end
= memchr (start
, '\0', max
);
7525 dups
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
+ 1);
7529 memcpy (dups
, start
, len
);
7535 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
7537 elfcore_grok_psinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7539 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (elfcore_psinfo_t
))
7541 elfcore_psinfo_t psinfo
;
7543 memcpy (&psinfo
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (psinfo
));
7545 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_program
7546 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_fname
,
7547 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_fname
));
7549 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_command
7550 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_psargs
,
7551 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_psargs
));
7553 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
7554 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (elfcore_psinfo32_t
))
7556 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
7557 elfcore_psinfo32_t psinfo
;
7559 memcpy (&psinfo
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (psinfo
));
7561 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_program
7562 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_fname
,
7563 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_fname
));
7565 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_command
7566 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_psargs
,
7567 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_psargs
));
7573 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
7574 note size (ie. data object type). */
7578 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
7579 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
7580 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
7583 char *command
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_command
;
7584 int n
= strlen (command
);
7586 if (0 < n
&& command
[n
- 1] == ' ')
7587 command
[n
- 1] = '\0';
7592 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) */
7594 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
7596 elfcore_grok_pstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7598 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (pstatus_t
)
7599 #if defined (HAVE_PXSTATUS_T)
7600 || note
->descsz
== sizeof (pxstatus_t
)
7606 memcpy (&pstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (pstat
));
7608 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
= pstat
.pr_pid
;
7610 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
7611 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (pstatus32_t
))
7613 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
7616 memcpy (&pstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (pstat
));
7618 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
= pstat
.pr_pid
;
7621 /* Could grab some more details from the "representative"
7622 lwpstatus_t in pstat.pr_lwp, but we'll catch it all in an
7623 NT_LWPSTATUS note, presumably. */
7627 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) */
7629 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
7631 elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7633 lwpstatus_t lwpstat
;
7639 if (note
->descsz
!= sizeof (lwpstat
)
7640 #if defined (HAVE_LWPXSTATUS_T)
7641 && note
->descsz
!= sizeof (lwpxstatus_t
)
7646 memcpy (&lwpstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (lwpstat
));
7648 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
= lwpstat
.pr_lwpid
;
7649 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
= lwpstat
.pr_cursig
;
7651 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
7653 sprintf (buf
, ".reg/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
7654 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
7655 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
7658 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
7660 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
7664 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
7665 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
);
7666 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
7667 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
);
7670 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
7671 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_reg
);
7672 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_reg
);
7675 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
7677 if (!elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg", sect
))
7680 /* Make a ".reg2/999" section */
7682 sprintf (buf
, ".reg2/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
7683 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
7684 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
7687 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
7689 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
7693 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
7694 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.fpregs
);
7695 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
7696 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.fpregs
);
7699 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_FPREG)
7700 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_fpreg
);
7701 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_fpreg
);
7704 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
7706 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg2", sect
);
7708 #endif /* defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) */
7710 #if defined (HAVE_WIN32_PSTATUS_T)
7712 elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7718 win32_pstatus_t pstatus
;
7720 if (note
->descsz
< sizeof (pstatus
))
7723 memcpy (&pstatus
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (pstatus
));
7725 switch (pstatus
.data_type
)
7727 case NOTE_INFO_PROCESS
:
7728 /* FIXME: need to add ->core_command. */
7729 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
= pstatus
.data
.process_info
.signal
;
7730 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
= pstatus
.data
.process_info
.pid
;
7733 case NOTE_INFO_THREAD
:
7734 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
7735 sprintf (buf
, ".reg/%ld", (long) pstatus
.data
.thread_info
.tid
);
7737 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
7738 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
7742 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
7744 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
7748 sect
->size
= sizeof (pstatus
.data
.thread_info
.thread_context
);
7749 sect
->filepos
= (note
->descpos
7750 + offsetof (struct win32_pstatus
,
7751 data
.thread_info
.thread_context
));
7752 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
7754 if (pstatus
.data
.thread_info
.is_active_thread
)
7755 if (! elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg", sect
))
7759 case NOTE_INFO_MODULE
:
7760 /* Make a ".module/xxxxxxxx" section. */
7761 sprintf (buf
, ".module/%08lx",
7762 (long) pstatus
.data
.module_info
.base_address
);
7764 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
7765 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
7769 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
7771 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
7776 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
7777 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
7778 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
7787 #endif /* HAVE_WIN32_PSTATUS_T */
7790 elfcore_grok_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7792 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7800 if (bed
->elf_backend_grok_prstatus
)
7801 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_grok_prstatus
) (abfd
, note
))
7803 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
7804 return elfcore_grok_prstatus (abfd
, note
);
7809 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
7811 return elfcore_grok_pstatus (abfd
, note
);
7814 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
7816 return elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (abfd
, note
);
7819 case NT_FPREGSET
: /* FIXME: rename to NT_PRFPREG */
7820 return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd
, note
);
7822 #if defined (HAVE_WIN32_PSTATUS_T)
7823 case NT_WIN32PSTATUS
:
7824 return elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (abfd
, note
);
7827 case NT_PRXFPREG
: /* Linux SSE extension */
7828 if (note
->namesz
== 6
7829 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
7830 return elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (abfd
, note
);
7836 if (bed
->elf_backend_grok_psinfo
)
7837 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_grok_psinfo
) (abfd
, note
))
7839 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
7840 return elfcore_grok_psinfo (abfd
, note
);
7847 asection
*sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".auxv",
7852 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
7853 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
7854 sect
->alignment_power
= 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 32;
7862 elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (Elf_Internal_Note
*note
, int *lwpidp
)
7866 cp
= strchr (note
->namedata
, '@');
7869 *lwpidp
= atoi(cp
+ 1);
7876 elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7879 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
7880 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
7881 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x08);
7883 /* Process ID at offset 0x50. */
7884 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
7885 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x50);
7887 /* Command name at 0x7c (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
7888 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_command
7889 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 0x7c, 31);
7891 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.netbsdcore.procinfo",
7896 elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7900 if (elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (note
, &lwp
))
7901 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
= lwp
;
7903 if (note
->type
== NT_NETBSDCORE_PROCINFO
)
7905 /* NetBSD-specific core "procinfo". Note that we expect to
7906 find this note before any of the others, which is fine,
7907 since the kernel writes this note out first when it
7908 creates a core file. */
7910 return elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (abfd
, note
);
7913 /* As of Jan 2002 there are no other machine-independent notes
7914 defined for NetBSD core files. If the note type is less
7915 than the start of the machine-dependent note types, we don't
7918 if (note
->type
< NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
)
7922 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
7924 /* On the Alpha, SPARC (32-bit and 64-bit), PT_GETREGS == mach+0 and
7925 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+2. */
7927 case bfd_arch_alpha
:
7928 case bfd_arch_sparc
:
7931 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+0:
7932 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
7934 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+2:
7935 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
7941 /* On all other arch's, PT_GETREGS == mach+1 and
7942 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+3. */
7947 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+1:
7948 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
7950 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+3:
7951 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
7961 elfcore_grok_nto_status (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
, long *tid
)
7963 void *ddata
= note
->descdata
;
7970 /* nto_procfs_status 'pid' field is at offset 0. */
7971 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
);
7973 /* nto_procfs_status 'tid' field is at offset 4. Pass it back. */
7974 *tid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 4);
7976 /* nto_procfs_status 'flags' field is at offset 8. */
7977 flags
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 8);
7979 /* nto_procfs_status 'what' field is at offset 14. */
7980 if ((sig
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 14)) > 0)
7982 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
= sig
;
7983 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
= *tid
;
7986 /* _DEBUG_FLAG_CURTID (current thread) is 0x80. Some cores
7987 do not come from signals so we make sure we set the current
7988 thread just in case. */
7989 if (flags
& 0x00000080)
7990 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
= *tid
;
7992 /* Make a ".qnx_core_status/%d" section. */
7993 sprintf (buf
, ".qnx_core_status/%ld", *tid
);
7995 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, strlen (buf
) + 1);
8000 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
8004 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
8005 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
8006 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
8008 return (elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".qnx_core_status", sect
));
8012 elfcore_grok_nto_regs (bfd
*abfd
,
8013 Elf_Internal_Note
*note
,
8021 /* Make a "(base)/%d" section. */
8022 sprintf (buf
, "%s/%ld", base
, tid
);
8024 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, strlen (buf
) + 1);
8029 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
8033 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
8034 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
8035 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
8037 /* This is the current thread. */
8038 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
== tid
)
8039 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, base
, sect
);
8044 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO 7
8045 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS 8
8046 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG 9
8047 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG 10
8050 elfcore_grok_nto_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8052 /* Every GREG section has a STATUS section before it. Store the
8053 tid from the previous call to pass down to the next gregs
8055 static long tid
= 1;
8059 case BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO
:
8060 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".qnx_core_info", note
);
8061 case BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS
:
8062 return elfcore_grok_nto_status (abfd
, note
, &tid
);
8063 case BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG
:
8064 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd
, note
, tid
, ".reg");
8065 case BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG
:
8066 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd
, note
, tid
, ".reg2");
8072 /* Function: elfcore_write_note
8079 size of data for note
8082 End of buffer containing note. */
8085 elfcore_write_note (bfd
*abfd
,
8093 Elf_External_Note
*xnp
;
8103 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
8105 namesz
= strlen (name
) + 1;
8106 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8107 pad
= -namesz
& ((1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
) - 1);
8110 newspace
= 12 + namesz
+ pad
+ size
;
8112 p
= realloc (buf
, *bufsiz
+ newspace
);
8114 *bufsiz
+= newspace
;
8115 xnp
= (Elf_External_Note
*) dest
;
8116 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, namesz
, xnp
->namesz
);
8117 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, size
, xnp
->descsz
);
8118 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, type
, xnp
->type
);
8122 memcpy (dest
, name
, namesz
);
8130 memcpy (dest
, input
, size
);
8134 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
8136 elfcore_write_prpsinfo (bfd
*abfd
,
8143 char *note_name
= "CORE";
8145 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
8147 note_type
= NT_PSINFO
;
8150 note_type
= NT_PRPSINFO
;
8153 memset (&data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
8154 strncpy (data
.pr_fname
, fname
, sizeof (data
.pr_fname
));
8155 strncpy (data
.pr_psargs
, psargs
, sizeof (data
.pr_psargs
));
8156 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
8157 note_name
, note_type
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
8159 #endif /* PSINFO_T or PRPSINFO_T */
8161 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
8163 elfcore_write_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
8171 char *note_name
= "CORE";
8173 memset (&prstat
, 0, sizeof (prstat
));
8174 prstat
.pr_pid
= pid
;
8175 prstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
8176 memcpy (&prstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
));
8177 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
8178 note_name
, NT_PRSTATUS
, &prstat
, sizeof (prstat
));
8180 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS_T */
8182 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
8184 elfcore_write_lwpstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
8191 lwpstatus_t lwpstat
;
8192 char *note_name
= "CORE";
8194 memset (&lwpstat
, 0, sizeof (lwpstat
));
8195 lwpstat
.pr_lwpid
= pid
>> 16;
8196 lwpstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
8197 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
8198 memcpy (lwpstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_reg
));
8199 #elif defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
8201 memcpy (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
,
8202 gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
));
8204 memcpy (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.__gregs
,
8205 gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.__gregs
));
8208 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
8209 NT_LWPSTATUS
, &lwpstat
, sizeof (lwpstat
));
8211 #endif /* HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T */
8213 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
8215 elfcore_write_pstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
8219 int cursig ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8220 const void *gregs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
8223 char *note_name
= "CORE";
8225 memset (&pstat
, 0, sizeof (pstat
));
8226 pstat
.pr_pid
= pid
& 0xffff;
8227 buf
= elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
8228 NT_PSTATUS
, &pstat
, sizeof (pstat
));
8231 #endif /* HAVE_PSTATUS_T */
8234 elfcore_write_prfpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
8240 char *note_name
= "CORE";
8241 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
8242 note_name
, NT_FPREGSET
, fpregs
, size
);
8246 elfcore_write_prxfpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
8249 const void *xfpregs
,
8252 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
8253 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
8254 note_name
, NT_PRXFPREG
, xfpregs
, size
);
8258 elfcore_read_notes (bfd
*abfd
, file_ptr offset
, bfd_size_type size
)
8266 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
8269 buf
= bfd_malloc (size
);
8273 if (bfd_bread (buf
, size
, abfd
) != size
)
8281 while (p
< buf
+ size
)
8283 /* FIXME: bad alignment assumption. */
8284 Elf_External_Note
*xnp
= (Elf_External_Note
*) p
;
8285 Elf_Internal_Note in
;
8287 in
.type
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->type
);
8289 in
.namesz
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->namesz
);
8290 in
.namedata
= xnp
->name
;
8292 in
.descsz
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->descsz
);
8293 in
.descdata
= in
.namedata
+ BFD_ALIGN (in
.namesz
, 4);
8294 in
.descpos
= offset
+ (in
.descdata
- buf
);
8296 if (CONST_STRNEQ (in
.namedata
, "NetBSD-CORE"))
8298 if (! elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (abfd
, &in
))
8301 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (in
.namedata
, "QNX"))
8303 if (! elfcore_grok_nto_note (abfd
, &in
))
8308 if (! elfcore_grok_note (abfd
, &in
))
8312 p
= in
.descdata
+ BFD_ALIGN (in
.descsz
, 4);
8319 /* Providing external access to the ELF program header table. */
8321 /* Return an upper bound on the number of bytes required to store a
8322 copy of ABFD's program header table entries. Return -1 if an error
8323 occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
8326 bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
8328 if (abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
8330 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
8334 return elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
);
8337 /* Copy ABFD's program header table entries to *PHDRS. The entries
8338 will be stored as an array of Elf_Internal_Phdr structures, as
8339 defined in include/elf/internal.h. To find out how large the
8340 buffer needs to be, call bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound.
8342 Return the number of program header table entries read, or -1 if an
8343 error occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
8346 bfd_get_elf_phdrs (bfd
*abfd
, void *phdrs
)
8350 if (abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
8352 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
8356 num_phdrs
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
8357 memcpy (phdrs
, elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
,
8358 num_phdrs
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
));
8364 _bfd_elf_sprintf_vma (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, char *buf
, bfd_vma value
)
8367 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
; /* Elf file header, internal form */
8369 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
8370 if (i_ehdrp
== NULL
)
8371 sprintf_vma (buf
, value
);
8374 if (i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS64
)
8376 #if BFD_HOST_64BIT_LONG
8377 sprintf (buf
, "%016lx", value
);
8379 sprintf (buf
, "%08lx%08lx", _bfd_int64_high (value
),
8380 _bfd_int64_low (value
));
8384 sprintf (buf
, "%08lx", (unsigned long) (value
& 0xffffffff));
8387 sprintf_vma (buf
, value
);
8392 _bfd_elf_fprintf_vma (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, void *stream
, bfd_vma value
)
8395 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
; /* Elf file header, internal form */
8397 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
8398 if (i_ehdrp
== NULL
)
8399 fprintf_vma ((FILE *) stream
, value
);
8402 if (i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS64
)
8404 #if BFD_HOST_64BIT_LONG
8405 fprintf ((FILE *) stream
, "%016lx", value
);
8407 fprintf ((FILE *) stream
, "%08lx%08lx",
8408 _bfd_int64_high (value
), _bfd_int64_low (value
));
8412 fprintf ((FILE *) stream
, "%08lx",
8413 (unsigned long) (value
& 0xffffffff));
8416 fprintf_vma ((FILE *) stream
, value
);
8420 enum elf_reloc_type_class
8421 _bfd_elf_reloc_type_class (const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rela ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
8423 return reloc_class_normal
;
8426 /* For RELA architectures, return the relocation value for a
8427 relocation against a local symbol. */
8430 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
8431 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
8433 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
8435 asection
*sec
= *psec
;
8438 relocation
= (sec
->output_section
->vma
8439 + sec
->output_offset
8441 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
8442 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
8443 && sec
->sec_info_type
== ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
8446 _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd
, psec
,
8447 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
8448 sym
->st_value
+ rel
->r_addend
);
8451 /* If we have changed the section, and our original section is
8452 marked with SEC_EXCLUDE, it means that the original
8453 SEC_MERGE section has been completely subsumed in some
8454 other SEC_MERGE section. In this case, we need to leave
8455 some info around for --emit-relocs. */
8456 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
8457 sec
->kept_section
= *psec
;
8460 rel
->r_addend
-= relocation
;
8461 rel
->r_addend
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
8467 _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
8468 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
8472 asection
*sec
= *psec
;
8474 if (sec
->sec_info_type
!= ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
8475 return sym
->st_value
+ addend
;
8477 return _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd
, psec
,
8478 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
8479 sym
->st_value
+ addend
);
8483 _bfd_elf_section_offset (bfd
*abfd
,
8484 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
8488 switch (sec
->sec_info_type
)
8490 case ELF_INFO_TYPE_STABS
:
8491 return _bfd_stab_section_offset (sec
, elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
8493 case ELF_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
:
8494 return _bfd_elf_eh_frame_section_offset (abfd
, info
, sec
, offset
);
8500 /* Create a new BFD as if by bfd_openr. Rather than opening a file,
8501 reconstruct an ELF file by reading the segments out of remote memory
8502 based on the ELF file header at EHDR_VMA and the ELF program headers it
8503 points to. If not null, *LOADBASEP is filled in with the difference
8504 between the VMAs from which the segments were read, and the VMAs the
8505 file headers (and hence BFD's idea of each section's VMA) put them at.
8507 The function TARGET_READ_MEMORY is called to copy LEN bytes from the
8508 remote memory at target address VMA into the local buffer at MYADDR; it
8509 should return zero on success or an `errno' code on failure. TEMPL must
8510 be a BFD for an ELF target with the word size and byte order found in
8511 the remote memory. */
8514 bfd_elf_bfd_from_remote_memory
8518 int (*target_read_memory
) (bfd_vma
, bfd_byte
*, int))
8520 return (*get_elf_backend_data (templ
)->elf_backend_bfd_from_remote_memory
)
8521 (templ
, ehdr_vma
, loadbasep
, target_read_memory
);
8525 _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
8526 long symcount ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8527 asymbol
**syms ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8532 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8535 const char *relplt_name
;
8536 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
8540 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
8546 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0)
8549 if (dynsymcount
<= 0)
8552 if (!bed
->plt_sym_val
)
8555 relplt_name
= bed
->relplt_name
;
8556 if (relplt_name
== NULL
)
8557 relplt_name
= bed
->default_use_rela_p
? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt";
8558 relplt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, relplt_name
);
8562 hdr
= &elf_section_data (relplt
)->this_hdr
;
8563 if (hdr
->sh_link
!= elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
8564 || (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_REL
&& hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_RELA
))
8567 plt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".plt");
8571 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
8572 if (! (*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, relplt
, dynsyms
, TRUE
))
8575 count
= relplt
->size
/ hdr
->sh_entsize
;
8576 size
= count
* sizeof (asymbol
);
8577 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
8578 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, s
++, p
++)
8579 size
+= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
) + sizeof ("@plt");
8581 s
= *ret
= bfd_malloc (size
);
8585 names
= (char *) (s
+ count
);
8586 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
8588 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, s
++, p
++)
8593 addr
= bed
->plt_sym_val (i
, plt
, p
);
8594 if (addr
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
8597 *s
= **p
->sym_ptr_ptr
;
8598 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
8599 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
8600 if ((s
->flags
& BSF_LOCAL
) == 0)
8601 s
->flags
|= BSF_GLOBAL
;
8603 s
->value
= addr
- plt
->vma
;
8605 len
= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
);
8606 memcpy (names
, (*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
, len
);
8608 memcpy (names
, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
8609 names
+= sizeof ("@plt");
8616 /* Sort symbol by binding and section. We want to put definitions
8617 sorted by section at the beginning. */
8620 elf_sort_elf_symbol (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
8622 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*s1
;
8623 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*s2
;
8626 /* Make sure that undefined symbols are at the end. */
8627 s1
= (const Elf_Internal_Sym
*) arg1
;
8628 if (s1
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
8630 s2
= (const Elf_Internal_Sym
*) arg2
;
8631 if (s2
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
8634 /* Sorted by section index. */
8635 shndx
= s1
->st_shndx
- s2
->st_shndx
;
8639 /* Sorted by binding. */
8640 return ELF_ST_BIND (s1
->st_info
) - ELF_ST_BIND (s2
->st_info
);
8645 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
8650 elf_sym_name_compare (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
8652 const struct elf_symbol
*s1
= (const struct elf_symbol
*) arg1
;
8653 const struct elf_symbol
*s2
= (const struct elf_symbol
*) arg2
;
8654 return strcmp (s1
->name
, s2
->name
);
8657 /* Check if 2 sections define the same set of local and global
8661 bfd_elf_match_symbols_in_sections (asection
*sec1
, asection
*sec2
)
8664 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed1
, *bed2
;
8665 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr1
, *hdr2
;
8666 bfd_size_type symcount1
, symcount2
;
8667 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf1
, *isymbuf2
;
8668 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymstart1
= NULL
, *isymstart2
= NULL
, *isym
;
8669 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
8670 struct elf_symbol
*symp
, *symtable1
= NULL
, *symtable2
= NULL
;
8671 bfd_size_type count1
, count2
, i
;
8678 /* If both are .gnu.linkonce sections, they have to have the same
8680 if (CONST_STRNEQ (sec1
->name
, ".gnu.linkonce")
8681 && CONST_STRNEQ (sec2
->name
, ".gnu.linkonce"))
8682 return strcmp (sec1
->name
+ sizeof ".gnu.linkonce",
8683 sec2
->name
+ sizeof ".gnu.linkonce") == 0;
8685 /* Both sections have to be in ELF. */
8686 if (bfd_get_flavour (bfd1
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
8687 || bfd_get_flavour (bfd2
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
8690 if (elf_section_type (sec1
) != elf_section_type (sec2
))
8693 if ((elf_section_flags (sec1
) & SHF_GROUP
) != 0
8694 && (elf_section_flags (sec2
) & SHF_GROUP
) != 0)
8696 /* If both are members of section groups, they have to have the
8698 if (strcmp (elf_group_name (sec1
), elf_group_name (sec2
)) != 0)
8702 shndx1
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd1
, sec1
);
8703 shndx2
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd2
, sec2
);
8704 if (shndx1
== -1 || shndx2
== -1)
8707 bed1
= get_elf_backend_data (bfd1
);
8708 bed2
= get_elf_backend_data (bfd2
);
8709 hdr1
= &elf_tdata (bfd1
)->symtab_hdr
;
8710 symcount1
= hdr1
->sh_size
/ bed1
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8711 hdr2
= &elf_tdata (bfd2
)->symtab_hdr
;
8712 symcount2
= hdr2
->sh_size
/ bed2
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8714 if (symcount1
== 0 || symcount2
== 0)
8717 isymbuf1
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd1
, hdr1
, symcount1
, 0,
8719 isymbuf2
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd2
, hdr2
, symcount2
, 0,
8723 if (isymbuf1
== NULL
|| isymbuf2
== NULL
)
8726 /* Sort symbols by binding and section. Global definitions are at
8728 qsort (isymbuf1
, symcount1
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym
),
8729 elf_sort_elf_symbol
);
8730 qsort (isymbuf2
, symcount2
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym
),
8731 elf_sort_elf_symbol
);
8733 /* Count definitions in the section. */
8735 for (isym
= isymbuf1
, isymend
= isym
+ symcount1
;
8736 isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
8738 if (isym
->st_shndx
== (unsigned int) shndx1
)
8745 if (count1
&& isym
->st_shndx
!= (unsigned int) shndx1
)
8750 for (isym
= isymbuf2
, isymend
= isym
+ symcount2
;
8751 isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
8753 if (isym
->st_shndx
== (unsigned int) shndx2
)
8760 if (count2
&& isym
->st_shndx
!= (unsigned int) shndx2
)
8764 if (count1
== 0 || count2
== 0 || count1
!= count2
)
8767 symtable1
= bfd_malloc (count1
* sizeof (struct elf_symbol
));
8768 symtable2
= bfd_malloc (count1
* sizeof (struct elf_symbol
));
8770 if (symtable1
== NULL
|| symtable2
== NULL
)
8774 for (isym
= isymstart1
, isymend
= isym
+ count1
;
8775 isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
8778 symp
->name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd1
,
8785 for (isym
= isymstart2
, isymend
= isym
+ count1
;
8786 isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
8789 symp
->name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd2
,
8795 /* Sort symbol by name. */
8796 qsort (symtable1
, count1
, sizeof (struct elf_symbol
),
8797 elf_sym_name_compare
);
8798 qsort (symtable2
, count1
, sizeof (struct elf_symbol
),
8799 elf_sym_name_compare
);
8801 for (i
= 0; i
< count1
; i
++)
8802 /* Two symbols must have the same binding, type and name. */
8803 if (symtable1
[i
].sym
->st_info
!= symtable2
[i
].sym
->st_info
8804 || symtable1
[i
].sym
->st_other
!= symtable2
[i
].sym
->st_other
8805 || strcmp (symtable1
[i
].name
, symtable2
[i
].name
) != 0)
8823 /* It is only used by x86-64 so far. */
8824 asection _bfd_elf_large_com_section
8825 = BFD_FAKE_SECTION (_bfd_elf_large_com_section
,
8826 SEC_IS_COMMON
, NULL
, "LARGE_COMMON", 0);
8828 /* Return TRUE if 2 section types are compatible. */
8831 _bfd_elf_match_sections_by_type (bfd
*abfd
, const asection
*asec
,
8832 bfd
*bbfd
, const asection
*bsec
)
8836 || abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
8837 || bbfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
8840 return elf_section_type (asec
) == elf_section_type (bsec
);